Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Accelerate Diagnostics

Accelerate Diagnostics

axdx · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker axdx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Accelerate Diagnostics
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022

Or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-31822
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

84-1072256
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3950 South Country Club Road, Suite 470
Tucson, AZ 85714
(Address of principle executive offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(520) 365-3100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Trading symbol
AXDX

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
(The Nasdaq Capital Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☑ Yes ☐ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted
pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the
registrant was required to submit such files).
☑ Yes ☐ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☑
☑
☐

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the
effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the
registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

If  securities  are  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(b)  of  the  Act,  indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  financial  statements  of  the

registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based

compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ☐ Yes ☑ No

The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2022, the last day of
the  registrant’s  most  recently  completed  second  fiscal  quarter,  was  approximately  $53.0  million  based  on  the  closing  price  quoted  on  The
Nasdaq Capital Market.

At March 28, 2023, 99,628,245 shares of common stock were outstanding, net of treasury shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  the  registrant’s  2023  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  are  incorporated  by

reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introductory Note
Forward-Looking Statements
Industry and other data
PART I
Item 1.  Business
Item 1A.  Risk Factors
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.  Properties
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Item 6.  Reserved
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.  Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
PART III
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary
SIGNATURES

3
3
4
6
6
19
47
47
47
47
48

48

49
49
66
67
115
115
116
116
117
117
117
117
117
117
118
118
118
122

2

Introductory Note

References herein to “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless the context

specifically requires otherwise.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K) contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange  Act”),  and  the  Company  intends  that  such  forward-looking  statements  be  subject  to  the  safe  harbors  created  thereby.  These
forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” or
“continue,” or variations thereon or comparable terminology, include but are not limited to, statements about our future development plans
and growth strategy, including plans and objectives relating to the future operations, products and performance of our, projections as to when
certain key business milestones may be achieved; the potential of our products or technology; projections of future demand for our products;
the growth of the market in which the Company operates; our estimates as to the size of our market opportunity and potential pricing, our
competitive position and estimates of time reduction to results; our continued investment in new product development to both enhance our
existing products and bring new ones to market; our expectations regarding research and development expenditures; the anticipated impacts
from the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company, including to its business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position, as well as
its future responses to the COVID-19 pandemic; and the Company’s expectations relating to current supply chain impacts and inflationary
pressures, including our belief that we currently have sufficient inventory of Accelerate Pheno® system instruments to limit the impact of cost
increases on such devices; our expectations regarding our commercial partnership with Becton, Dickinson and Company (“BD”), including
anticipated benefits from such collaboration; our expectations and plans relating to regulatory approvals, including with respect to the U.S.
Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and 510(k) clearance for our Accelerate Arc Products (as defined in the this Form 10-K); our plans to
continue marketing and distributing the Accelerate Arc Products in Europe pursuant to its existing CE In Vitro Diagnostic Regulation (IVDR)
registration; and our liquidity and capital requirements, including, without limitation, as to our ability to continue as a going concern, our belief
that we do not currently have adequate financial resources to pay our outstanding debt obligation under our 2.50% Senior Convertible Notes
due 2023 (the “Notes”) and to fund our forecasted operating costs for at least twelve months from the filing of this Form 10-K, and our belief
that it will be necessary for us to secure additional funds to continue our existing business operations and to fund our obligations. In addition,
all statements other than statements of historical facts that address activities, events, or developments the Company expects, believes, or
anticipates will or may occur in the future, and other such matters, are forward-looking statements.

Future  events  and  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  set  forth  in,  contemplated  or  suggested  by,  or  underlying  the
forward-looking statements. There can be no assurances that results described in forward-looking statements will be achieved, and actual
results could differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included herein are
based on current expectations that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including the duration and severity of the ongoing COVID-19
pandemic,  including  any  new  variants  that  may  become  predominant;  government  and  other  third-party  responses  to  it  and  the
consequences  for  the  global  economy  and  the  businesses  of  our  suppliers  and  customers;  such  as  the  possibility  of  customer  demand
fluctuations,  supply  chain  constraints  and  inflationary  pressures  and  its  ultimate  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations,
cash  flows  and  financial  position,  as  well  as  our  ability  (or  inability)  to  execute  on  its  plans  to  respond  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic;  and
difficulties  in  resolving  our  continuing  financial  condition  and  ability  to  obtain  additional  capital  to  meet  our  financial  obligations,  including,
without limitation, difficulties in obtaining adequate capital resources to fund our operations and address our debt obligations, including under
the  Notes.  Other  important  factors  that  could  cause  the  Company’s  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in  its  forward-looking
statements  include  those  discussed  in  the  section  entitled  “Risk  Factors”  in  this  Form  10-K  and  in  our  subsequent  filings  with  the  U.S.
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”).  These  forward-looking  statements  are  also  based  on  assumptions,  including  but  not
limited  to,  we  will  be  successful  in  obtaining  marketing  authorization  for  our  products  from  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  agencies  and
governing bodies; we will be successful in the commercialization of its products, the Company will obtain sufficient capital to commercialize
its products and continue development of complementary products that the Company will be able to protect its intellectual property, our ability
to respond to technological change, the Company will accurately

3

anticipate  market  demand  for  our  products  and  that  there  will  be  no  material  adverse  change  in  our  operations  or  business  and  general
market  and  industry  conditions.  Assumptions  relating  to  the  foregoing  involve  judgments  with  respect  to,  among  other  things,  future
economic, competitive and market conditions and future business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately and
many of which are beyond the control of the Company.

Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions could
prove inaccurate and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the results contemplated in forward-looking statements will be realized. Any
forward-looking statements made by us in this Form 10-K speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to
publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Risk Factors Summary

We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  risks  related  to  our  financial  condition,  liquidity  and  indebtedness;
risks related to our business and strategy; risks related to our intellectual property; risks related to our research and development activities;
risks related to government regulation; risks related to our common stock; risks related to our convertible senior notes; and certain general
risks,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  These  risks
include, but are not limited to, the following principal risks:

• Our financial condition, including our substantial indebtedness, raises substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going

concern.

• We  are  in  default  of  payment  obligations  under  the  terms  of  our  Notes,  which  matured  on  March  15,  2023  and  became  due  and

payable.

• We  may  seek  the  protection  of  the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  (the  “Bankruptcy  Court”),  which  may  harm  our  business,

adversely affect our ability to retain key personnel, and result in a significant loss of value for our stockholders.

• We have limited revenues from our products and no assurance of future revenues.
• We have a history of losses and expect to continue to incur losses in the future, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or

sustain profitability.

• Our future profitability and continued existence are dependent in large part upon the successful commercialization of the Accelerate
Pheno  system  and  further  development  and  commercialization  of  associated  test  kits,  the  Accelerate  Arc  system  and  future
products.

• We have entered into a sales and marketing agreement with BD and will substantially depend on BD for the successful

commercialization of our products.

• Our future product candidates have not obtained marketing authorization from the FDA, and they may never obtain such marketing

•

•

authorization or other regulatory clearance.
If  we  do  not  achieve  our  projected  development  goals  in  the  time  frames  we  announce  and  expect,  the  commercialization  of  our
products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.
The failure of our current or any future diagnostic products to perform as expected could significantly impair our reputation and the
public image of our products, and we may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors.

• Our industry is highly competitive, and we may not be successful in competing with our competitors. We currently face competition
from new and established competitors and expect to face competition from others in the future, including those with new products,
technologies or techniques.
The COVID-19 pandemic had, and could continue to adversely impact our commercial operations and also expose our business to
other risks.

•

• Disruptions  in  the  supply  of  raw  materials,  consumable  goods  or  other  key  product  components,  or  issues  associated  with  their

quality from our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability.

• We have made and intend to make significant additional investments in research and development, but there is no guarantee that

•

any of these investments will ultimately result in commercial products that will generate revenues.
The regulatory processes applicable to our products and operations are expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain and may prevent
us from obtaining required approvals for the commercialization of our products.

• Our stock price has been volatile and may continue to be volatile and traded on low volumes.

4

• We  have  and  may  continue  to  trade  below  $1  per  share  which  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  continue  to  meet  the  listing

requirements of Nasdaq.

• We are likely to require additional capital in the future, and you may incur dilution to your stock holdings.

For a more complete discussion of the material risk factors applicable to us, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

Industry and other data

We  obtained  the  industry,  statistical  and  market  data  from  our  own  internal  estimates  and  research  as  well  as  from  industry  and
general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state
that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such
information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified statistical, market
and  industry  data  from  third-party  sources.  While  we  believe  our  internal  Company  research  is  reliable  and  the  market  definitions  are
appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

5

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“Accelerate”) is an in vitro diagnostics company dedicated to providing solutions that improve patient
outcomes and lower healthcare costs through the rapid diagnosis of serious infections. Microbiology laboratories need new tools to address
what the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (the “CDC”) calls one of the most serious healthcare threats of our time, antibiotic
resistance. A significant contributing factor to the rise of resistance is the overuse and misuse of antibiotics, which is exacerbated by a lack of
timely  diagnostic  results.  The  delay  of  identification  and  antibiotic  susceptibility  results  is  often  due  to  the  reliance  by  microbiology
laboratories on traditional culture-based tests that often take two to three days to complete. Our technology platform is intended to address
these challenges by delivering significantly faster testing of infectious pathogens in various patient sample types.

Our first system to address these challenges is the Accelerate Pheno® system. The Accelerate PhenoTest® BC Kit, which is the first
test  kit  for  the  system,  is  indicated  as  an  aid,  in  conjunction  with  other  clinical  and  laboratory  findings,  in  the  diagnosis  of  bacteremia  and
fungemia, both life-threatening conditions with high morbidity and mortality risk. The device provides identification (“ID”) results followed by
antibiotic susceptibility testing (“AST”) for certain pathogenic bacteria commonly associated with or causing bacteremia. This test kit utilizes
genotypic  technology  to  identify  infectious  pathogens  and  phenotypic  technology  to  conduct  AST,  which  determines  whether  live  bacterial
cells are resistant or susceptible to a particular antimicrobial. This information can be used by physicians to rapidly modify antibiotic therapy
to lessen adverse events, improve clinical outcomes, and help preserve the useful life of antibiotics.

On June 30, 2015, we declared our conformity to the European In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/EC and applied a CE mark to the
Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit for in vitro diagnostic use. On February 23, 2017, the FDA granted our de
novo classification request to market our Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit.

In 2017, we began selling the Accelerate Pheno system in hospitals in the United States, Europe, and the Middle East. Consistent
with our “razor” / “razor-blade” business model, revenues to date have principally been generated from the sale or leasing of the instruments
and the sale of single use consumable test kits.

In July 2021, we launched our second test for use on the Accelerate Pheno system, the PhenoTest BC Kit, AST configuration. This
test kit runs antibiotic susceptibility testing following the input of an ID result from another system or methodology. We believe this new AST
only configuration may be attractive to prospective customers who already have a rapid ID system but still need fast susceptibility results to
support getting patients on an optimal antibiotic therapy as soon as possible.

In March and May 2022, we announced the launch and commercialization of the Accelerate Arc  system and BC Kit (“Accelerate
Arc  Products”).  This  instrument  and  associated  one-time-use  test  kit  automates  the  clean-up  and  concentration  of  microbial  cells  from
positive  blood  culture  samples.  In  May  2022,  we  announced  IVD  registration  of  the  Accelerate  Arc  system  and  BC  Kit  with  the  FDA  as  a
Class  I  device  exempt  from  FDA  clearance  requirements,  and  in  June  2022  we  received  CE  In  Vitro  Diagnostic  Regulation  (IVDR)
registration for use in Europe.

TM

On  October  21,  2022,  the  Company  announced  it  has  been  in  recent  discussions  with  the  FDA  regarding  its  Accelerate  Arc
Products.  Pursuant  to  such  discussions,  the  FDA  has  challenged  the  Company’s  commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Arc  Products  in  the
United States as a Class I device exempt from 510(k) clearance requirements. The Company is in active dialogue with the FDA to determine
the appropriate regulatory pathway. While these discussions are ongoing, the Company has put on hold in the United States its sales and
marketing efforts of the Accelerate Arc Products. The Company has continued to market the Accelerate Arc Products in Europe pursuant to
its existing CE IVDR registration.

6

In August 2022, we entered into a sales and marketing agreement (the “Sales and Marketing Agreement”) with BD. We entered into
the  Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement  in  order  to  leverage  BD’s  expansive  global  sales  team,  benefit  from  natural  synergies  between  BD’s
existing products and those from us, and reduce our sales and marketing expenses. See “Sales, Marketing, and Distribution” for additional
information.

We  remain  focused  on  expanding  our  product  portfolio  with  solutions  that  reduce  the  time  to  result,  improve  workflow,  enhance
accuracy and positively impact patient care. We continue to invest in new product development to both enhance our existing products and
bring new ones to market.

History

We were incorporated in 1982 in Colorado under the name Sage Resources Corp., and through a series of subsequent transactions,
we became Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in December 2012. In 2012, our Board of Directors and management team
established  a  new  strategic  direction  for  the  Company,  which  was  (1)  to  focus  on  the  internal  development,  manufacture,  and
commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  (2)  to  discontinue  efforts  to  develop  and  actively  market  OptiChem  and  our  other
surface chemistry products. Our Board of Directors and management pursued this new strategic direction based on the belief that we could
internally develop and commercialize the Accelerate Pheno system, formerly called the BacCel System.

Since  the  adoption  of  the  new  strategic  direction  in  2012,  we  have  made  significant  investments  in  research  and  development
personnel, facilities, equipment, and consumables to support the internal development of the Accelerate Pheno system. The Company has
also  invested  in  the  hiring  of  regulatory,  manufacturing,  quality,  sales,  and  marketing  personnel  experienced  in  the  manufacture  and
commercialization of medical devices.

•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•

This strategic direction required the Company to raise additional capital, including through the following transactions:
In June 2012, the Company raised $14.4 million through the sale of common stock to Abeja Ventures, LLC.
In  March  2013,  the  Company  obtained  additional  capital  through  the  exercise  of  warrants  issued  to  Abeja  Ventures,  LLC  in  the
aggregate amount of $20.1 million.
In August 2013, the Company completed a rights offering that raised gross proceeds of $20.0 million.
In April 2014, the Company completed a rights offering that raised gross proceeds of $45.0 million.
In December 2015, the Company completed a publicly marketed common stock offering that raised gross proceeds of $109.3 million.
In May 2017, the Company completed a publicly marketed common stock offering that raised gross proceeds of $89.0 million.
In March 2018, the Company completed a convertible debt offering providing additional gross proceeds of $171.5 million.
In December 2020 and September 2021, the Company executed certain securities purchase agreements in connection with certain
private placement offerings of the Company’s equity securities that provided the Company aggregate gross proceeds of $32.0 million
in 2021.
In May 2021, the Company established a $50 million “at-the-market” equity offering program (the “ATM Program”) under which the
Company raised gross proceeds of $10.9 million in 2021.
In  March  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement  which  is  anticipated  to  close  in  April  2023,  for  gross
proceeds of $4.0 million.
In August 2022, the Company completed a publicly marketed common stock offering that raised additional gross proceeds of $35.0
million.

This  strategic  direction  coupled  with  various  investments  permitted  the  development,  clinical  trial  and  FDA  registration,  and
commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit. Accelerate has expanded the strategic direction it
took in 2012 to include the development of additional test kits and systems, including the development of the Accelerate Arc BC kit, as well
as  geographic  expansion  to  advance  its  mission  to  improve  patient  outcomes  and  lower  healthcare  costs  through  the  rapid  diagnosis  of
serious infections globally.

Clinical Need

Antibiotic  resistance  is  a  major  contributing  factor  to  the  significant  impact  sepsis  is  posing  to  healthcare,  costing  the  U.S.  an
estimated  $62  billion  per  year  in  healthcare  and  productivity  costs.  Increasing  infection  rates  and  misuse  of  antibiotics  results  in  serious
treatment complications. Recent studies have shown that the number of

7

hospital-acquired infections in the United States ranges from 214,700 to 1.4 million per year, contributing to an estimated 75,000 deaths per
year.  According  to  the  CDC,  at  least  2.8  million  people  get  an  antibiotic-resistant  infection  each  year  in  the  United  States.  Moreover,
inappropriate  antibiotic  use  is  widespread.  Of  the  approximately  35  million  patients  admitted  to  U.S.  hospitals  each  year,  56%  are  put  on
empiric antibiotic therapy, of which more than half are on inappropriate or unnecessary antibiotics.

AST  testing  is  used  to  determine  which  antibiotics  will  be  effective  and  which  will  be  ineffective  for  treating  a  particular  patient's
infections. Accordingly, AST is ideally designed to address this challenge but previous post culture methods for obtaining AST results took 2-
3 days to deliver. Studies have shown that even a modest decrease in the time it takes to deliver an AST result correlates to reduced length
and cost of hospital stay per patient. One such study showed that a five hour reduction in the time to receive an AST result delivered a two-
day reduction in length of stay and a reduction in patient treatment costs of $1,750 per patient. Based on our analysis, we estimate that the
Accelerate  Pheno  system  is  capable  of  delivering  clinically-actionable  results  in  approximately  19  hours  from  the  time  a  blood  sample  is
received by the laboratory, while current solutions often require 2-3 days to deliver these results. Studies have established that results from
the Accelerate Pheno system are available, on average, 29 hours earlier with respect to ID and 54 hours earlier with respect to AST, than
traditional methods.

Rapid AST is particularly important in improving sepsis patient outcomes. Sepsis is responsible for approximately 270,000 deaths in
the United States annually, which is one in three U.S. hospital patient deaths. Optimizing antibiotics within the first 24 hours of hospitalization
is critical. It is estimated that 80% of sepsis deaths could be prevented with rapid diagnosis and treatment. By providing clinically-actionable
results in hours instead of days, we believe that the Accelerate Pheno system can play a significant role in allowing physicians to provide
timely, effective therapy to sepsis patients.

Market Opportunity

Across  North  America,  Europe  and  Asia  Pacific  geographies,  we  estimate  there  are  over  300  million  ID  and  AST  tests  completed
annually across various sample types. We estimate that of these tests, our current test kit, the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, has the potential
to address the over four million blood culture samples tested each year in North America and Europe, if authorized by the FDA for expanded
indications to cover all such ID and AST testing.

In  addition,  there  is  a  substantial  existing  installed  base  of  legacy  automated  AST  systems.  Principally,  these  systems  are  the
bioMerieux  Vitek  2®,  Danaher  Corporation  (“Danaher”)  Microscan®  system,  and  Becton,  Dickinson  and  Company  (“BD”)  Phoenix.  These
competitors’  AST  products  are  developed  to  require  purified  bacterial  strains  or  “isolates”  for  analysis,  which  require  at  least  overnight
culturing  of  a  sample  to  produce  enough  organisms  to  test.  This  installed  base  represents  an  attractive  opportunity  to  both  potentially
complement  and  potentially  replace  existing  laboratory  workflows  with  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  our  next  generation  rapid  testing
solutions.

Certain government initiatives are complementary to the Accelerate Pheno system. For example, effective October 1, 2008, hospitals
no  longer  receive  additional  payment  for  cases  in  which  a  hospital-acquired  condition,  as  determined  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and
Medicaid  Services,  the  federal  agency  responsible  for  administering  the  Medicare  program  (“CMS”),  occurred  but  was  not  present  on
admission,  thereby  incentivizing  providers  to  enhance  infection-management  protocols.  Similarly,  effective  October  1,  2012,  CMS
implemented  the  Hospital  Readmissions  Reduction  Program,  which  reduces  payments  to  hospitals  for  excess  readmissions.  Similarly, on
March 27, 2015, the White House released the National Action Plan for Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria, which directly and indirectly
promotes rapid susceptibility testing. The plan identified several milestones to accomplish this goal, such as calling on the National Institutes
of Health to fund new projects and provide prizes aimed at the development of rapid diagnostic tests that characterize antibiotic susceptibility
and improve antibiotic stewardship; mandating implementation of antibiotic stewardship programs by all hospitals participating in Medicare
and Medicaid; and calling on the FDA and CMS to evaluate new regulatory pathways to promote development and adoption of innovative
infectious disease diagnostics. In October 2020, the Federal Task Force on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria released a new National
Action Plan for 2020-2025, which establishes new objectives and targets. This plan prioritizes infection prevention and control to slow the
spread of resistant infections and reduce the need for antibiotic use. This plan also focuses on collecting and using data to better understand
where resistance is occurring, support the development of new diagnostics and treatment options, and advance international coordination.

8

Products

The Accelerate Pheno system is the Company’s first in vitro diagnostic platform and is intended for the ID and AST of pathogens
most  commonly  associated  with  serious  or  health  care-associated  infections,  including  Gram-positive  and  Gram-negative  organisms.  The
system leverages long-accepted bacteriological testing principles enhanced by proprietary technology and automation enabling the analysis
of live microbial cells. It detects and identifies pathogens directly from a single patient sample followed by antimicrobial susceptibility testing
based on the ID results. Antimicrobial susceptibility is determined by morphokinetic cellular analysis (“MCA”), a process that evaluates the
change  of  individual  cells  and  microcolonies  in  response  to  a  range  of  antibiotics  over  time.  The  system’s  combined  technologies  and
automation  dramatically  reduce  the  need  for  time-consuming  traditional  bacterial  culturing,  thus  eliminating  the  major  source  of  delay  with
current testing methods. ID results are typically available within 90 minutes of presenting the patient sample to the system, and susceptibility
results,  including  minimum  inhibitory  concentrations  (“MIC”),  are  available  about  five  hours  after  ID  results.  In  the  case  of  the  Accelerate
PhenoTest  BC  Kit  for  positive  blood  culture  samples,  a  blood  culture  screening  step  is  required,  which  we  estimate  takes  an  average  of
approximately 12 hours to complete before the sample is introduced to the Accelerate Pheno system. This combined turnaround time is a
significant improvement over the multiple days currently required to obtain AST results, with MIC details, using conventional testing methods.

The Accelerate Pheno system features walk-away automation and consists of a fixed instrument and proprietary single-use test kit.
The instrument consists of module(s) connected to a single analysis computer, which allows hospitals to acquire various numbers of modules
to address their particular test volume. In order to run a patient sample on the Accelerate Pheno system a laboratory technician would pipette
the patient sample into our system, insert the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, and initiate the run. In the case of our initial test, a positive blood
culture sample is introduced to the system by pipetting directly from the blood culture bottle into our Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit.

The Accelerate Pheno system is the result of over a decade of technological development and several years of instrument design
and engineering. The system is comprised of custom-engineered functional components, including a robotic pipettor for fluidic manipulation,
an optical system with both dark-field and fluorescent illumination, and an imaging system. These sensor components, among others, are
used in the four processes that follow, each of which is a crucial component in delivering the rapid ID and AST results.

•

•

•

•

These processes include:
Automated specimen preparation. The initial step in the process is the automated purification of samples through an on-board and
proprietary process to separate live organisms from sample debris.
Live-cell  immobilization.  Following  preparation,  the  purified  sample  is  moved  to  the  imaging  cassette  where  pathogens  are
immobilized onto the cassette surface such that they can be imaged and analyzed in a stationary position during the ID and AST
testing.
ID  testing  via  fluorescent  in  situ  hybridization  (FISH).  The  now  immobilized  cells  are  tested  with  our  proprietary  FISH  probes  to
enable identification. Because the genetic sequences of bacteria are distinctive, the binding of fluorescently labeled probes indicates
the presence of a specific target sequence of RNA associated with a single or group of bacterial species or yeasts. When the probe
finds a targeted sequence, it binds to it—generating a fluorescent signal—which is visible by the imaging system on the Accelerate
Pheno system. Positive fluorescent signals from more than one target probe indicate polymicrobial samples and a universal bacterial
stain discriminates target from non-target bacteria or fungi. The ID result is presented on the Accelerate Pheno system's graphic user
interface in approximately 90 minutes from the introduction of the sample into the Accelerate Pheno system.
Susceptibility testing via live-cell optical analysis. With the ID of the pathogen known, the system’s software determines the antibiotic
panel to be used for susceptibility testing. These antibiotics, growth media, and additional patient sample are introduced to additional
channels  on  the  optical  cassette.  Finally,  our  proprietary  imaging  platform  and  algorithms  determine  the  minimum  inhibitory
concentration of the bacteria by observing which antibiotics arrested live cell growth and led to cell death and which antibiotics were
ineffective in ceasing live cell growth. The susceptibility test result is presented approximately five hours after the conclusion of the ID
test.

The  Accelerate  Pheno  system  has  been  the  subject  of  dozens  of  scientific  posters  and  studies.  Recent  studies  and  associated
publications  have  covered  subjects  including  time  savings,  performance,  opportunity  rates  for  clinical  interventions,  and  clinical  outcomes
full  papers  are  available  on  our  website  at
including 
http://acceleratediagnostics.com/updates/#publications. None of the

length  of  stay.  Published  study  abstracts  and 

links 

to 

9

information contained on our website is part of this report or incorporated in this report by reference.

Current product development programs include the development of the Accelerate Arc system, an instrument and consumable aimed
to improve the workflow and reduce the time to result associated with matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) ID systems, and
the development of our next generation rapid AST system, which is intended to have lower costs, higher throughput, and capable of testing a
broader set of sample types compared to the current Accelerate Pheno system.

Research and Development

We plan to continue making significant investments in the research and development of new applications for existing technologies

and in the research and development of new complementary technologies.

Since the completion and launch of the Accelerate Pheno system, we have focused on product improvements and the development
of additional test kits. This includes the PhenoTest BC kit, AST configuration launched in 2021 which provides our customers the ability to
use the input of an ID result from another system or methodology but still benefit from rapid AST results using the Accelerate Pheno system.
Our objective is to develop test kits that work seamlessly with the Accelerate Pheno system and deliver substantial benefits to microbiology
laboratories and to physicians in the treatment of serious infections.

Our research activity also includes the evaluation and development of (i) technologies to reduce the cost and increase the throughput
of AST, (ii) improved AST technologies, (iii) improved ID technologies, and (iv) other platform technologies potentially useful in addressing
other  parts  of  the  infectious  disease  laboratory  testing  workflow.  Two  such  programs  are  the  development  of  the  Accelerate  Arc  system,
which is a sample preparation device for rapid MALDI identification results, including the development of the associated Accelerate Arc BC
kit, and the development of our next generation AST platform discussed above.

The Company's research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, are included in the

consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Intellectual Property

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws,  employee  and  third-party  non-disclosure
agreements, license agreements, and other intellectual property protection methods to protect our proprietary rights. We intend to continue
developing intellectual property, and we intend to aggressively protect our position in key technologies. Our patented technology covers key
components of the Accelerate Pheno system and applied for patents related to our next generation AST system and methods, and is, thus,
critical to the Company. Our patents are focused on several key technologies, including our automated process for sample preparation, and
methods for imaging and analysis of individual pathogen cells. The Company’s first patent on the Accelerate Pheno system technology, U.S.
Patent No. 7,341,841 titled “Rapid Microbial Detection and Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing,” was issued on March 11, 2008. The patent
specification  covers  methods  used  to  derive  ID  and  antibiotic  susceptibility  from  tests  on  individual  immobilized  bacterial  cells.  As  of
December 31, 2022, we had 52 issued patents worldwide, including 22 patents issued in the United States and 30 issued outside the United
States.  Our  patents  are  set  to  expire  on  various  dates  in  2022  through  2035.  Additionally,  as  of  December  31,  2022,  we  had  5  patent
applications pending worldwide, including eight U.S. applications and four applications outside the United States. The Company believes that
its patent suite would make it difficult for any other company to conduct rapid AST of individual pathogens utilizing our technology. From a
trademark perspective, we had 41 registered marks protecting our brand and prospective products both domestically and internationally.

Sales, Marketing, and Distribution

The  target  customers  for  our  products  are  hospital  microbiology  laboratories  that  perform  ID  and  AST.  On  August  15,  2022,  the
Company  entered  into  the  Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement  with  BD  pursuant  to  which  BD  will  perform  certain  sales,  tactical  marketing,
technical service call forwarding, order preparation, research and development support and/or regulatory activities on the Company’s behalf
as its worldwide exclusive sales agent for certain of the Company’s products, including the Accelerate Pheno and Accelerate Arc Products.
An  existing  team  of  Accelerate  sales  and  service  specialists  will  partner  with  BD  personnel  in  the  United  States  and  select  international
countries to market, sell, and support the Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate Arc Products.

10

The Sales and Marketing Agreement also grants to BD certain other rights to certain of the Company’s future products, including the
Company’s next generation rapid AST system. BD has an exclusive right of first negotiation to be the exclusive sales agent to commercialize
the Company’s next generation rapid AST system, which will be triggered if the Company proposes to license its next generation rapid AST
system or sell its rights to such system, or if the Company and BD mutually agree that the related clinical data is ready to be submitted to the
FDA for 510(k) clearance. In accordance with the BD Agreement, the terms of such subsequent agreement would have to be negotiated by
the parties.

The business, while not seasonal, is influenced by the timing of hospital budget and tender approval cycles which vary by geography.
Due  to  the  relatively  long  sales  cycles,  order  back-logs  are  not  typical,  and  we  manage  our  inventory  based  on  an  estimation  of  demand
forecasts.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, none of the Company’s customers represented more than 10% of the Company’s total net

sales.

Competition

The  leading  companies  with  automated  microbiological  testing  products  include  BD,  bioMerieux,  Danaher  and  Thermo  Fisher
Scientific’s  subsidiary  TREK  Diagnostics  Systems,  Inc.  (“TREK”).  These  companies  provide  products  for  the  broad-based  culturing  and
analysis  of  a  wide  variety  of  bacteria.  These  competitors’  AST  products  require  purified  bacterial  strains  or  “isolates”  for  analysis,  which
require at least overnight culturing of a sample to produce enough organisms to test. We believe these standard culturing methods, including
enrichment growth and colony isolation, cannot achieve the speed that the Accelerate Pheno system provides. These companies and other
competitors, such as T2 Biosystems have automated bacterial ID products which provide a component of the clinical diagnostics solution but
lack rapid AST functionality.

Potential  competitors  for  rapid  AST  have  made  announcements  at  various  trade  shows  and  in  press  releases,  including  -  but  not
limited  to;  Quantamatrix,  Q-Linea,  Specific  Diagnostics,  Lifescale,  and  Gradientech.  While  we  do  not  have  visibility  into  all  of  these
companies’ respective stages of development, none have yet obtained FDA marketing authorization or commercialized their products in the
United States. In 2022, bioMerieux acquired Specific Diagnostics for over $400 million. We believe this acquisition reflects both the industry
leader’s recognition of the importance of rapid AST testing and enhanced competition.

In addition to existing and emerging companies, there are manual methods which could be validated by individual hospitals to deliver
rapid ID and susceptibility results. See “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy-Our industry is highly competitive, and we
may not be successful in competing with our competitors. We currently face competition from new and established competitors and expect to
face competition from others in the future, including those with new products, technologies or techniques” for additional information.

Industry Developments

The  clinical  microbiology  industry  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  changes,  and  new  products  are  frequently  introduced  for  rapid
bacterial ID using genes or other molecular markers. Numerous acquisitions, licenses, and distribution arrangements have been announced
over the last few years for such products. However, we do not believe that any of these technologies offers the advantages afforded by the
Accelerate Pheno system. For example, gene detection can be highly sensitive and specific for the ID of pathogens, but very few antibiotic
resistance  mechanisms  are  simple  enough  to  accurately  guide  drug  selection.  Even  in  those  rare  instances  where  there  is  a  direct
relationship between a gene and effective resistance, such as particular Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) strains, leading
literature has reported novel mutations that escape detection by recently commercialized tests.

Fundamental  biological  limitations  arise  from  the  complexity  of  the  majority  of  drug  resistance  expression  mechanisms.  This
complexity precludes direct interpretation of molecular marker presence or absence and extrapolating to prescription guidance. Accordingly,
recent  studies  indicate  that  ID  and  resistance  results  alone  are  not  consistently  acted  upon  by  clinicians.  Further,  many  new  diagnostic
technologies  also  require  prior  isolation  of  cultured  colonies  in  order  to  assure  accuracy.  The  time  required  to  obtain  such  isolates,  with  a
minimum of overnight turnaround, prevents these technologies from serving as rapid diagnostics for treatment decision support.

11

Another  technology  receiving  wide  attention  is  mass  spectrometry,  and  particularly  the  matrix-assisted  laser  desorption  ionization
time  of  flight  version  (“MALDI-TOF”),  such  as  the  Biotyper system  from  Bruker  Corporation  and  the  Vitek  MS  from  bioMerieux.  Bruker
Corporation has agreements with a number of companies for distribution, including BD, TREK, and Siemens. These systems build an empiric
database from protein spectra acquired from many thousands of purified bacterial and fungal strains. They require a pure strain isolate for
analysis and enrichment culturing to produce enough material to analyze. Some research papers on these systems report attempts to directly
analyze isolate or blood culture smears, but results are not as reliable as those from samples prepared using a cleanup process to produce
crude protein extracts.

® 

MALDI-TOF systems have a major advantage over other molecular methods in identifying a very broad range of organisms. Cost of
ownership  is  also  substantially  below  that  of  older  molecular  methods.  But  the  requirement  for  extensive  organism  enrichment  and
purification, as well as the inability to quantify live organisms or distinguish samples derived from viable organisms, substantially limits this
technology  from  time-critical  decision  support.  As  with  the  older  molecular  methods,  MALDI-TOF  systems  cannot  identify  major  drug
resistance expression and face the same fundamental biological barriers as gene detection.

Government Regulation

Our  products  under  development  and  our  operations  are  subject  to  significant  government  regulation.  In  the  United  States,  our

products are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and other federal, state, and local regulatory authorities.

FDA Regulation of Medical Devices

The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, with respect to medical devices:
design, development, manufacturing, and storage;
testing, content, and language of instructions for use and storage;
labeling;
pre-clinical testing and clinical trials;
product safety;
advertising, promotion, marketing, sales, and distribution;
pre-market clearance and approval;
record-keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and corrective field actions;
post-market reporting, including reporting of deaths, serious injuries, and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death
or serious injury;
post-market studies and surveillance; and
product import and export.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•

In the United States, numerous laws and regulations govern all the processes by which medical devices are brought to market and
marketed. These include the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”) and the FDA's regulations implementing the law codifying
the FDCA.

FDA Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Each  medical  device  we  seek  to  commercially  distribute  in  the  United  States  must  first  receive  510(k)  clearance,  approval  of  a
reclassification petition or de novo classification request, or pre-market approval from the FDA, unless specifically exempted by the FDA. The
FDA categorizes medical devices into one of three classes - Class I, II, or III - based on their risks and the regulatory controls necessary to
provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices generally pose the lowest risk to the patient and/or user and
Class III devices pose the highest risk. Regulatory control increases from Class I to Class III. The device classification regulation defines the
regulatory  requirements  for  a  general  device  type.  Generally,  in  order  to  market  or  commercially  distribute  a  Class  I,  II,  and  III  device
intended for human use in the United States, for which a Premarket Approval application (PMA) is not required, one must submit a 510(k) to
FDA unless, as noted, the device is exempt from the 510(k) pre-market notification requirements of the FDCA. Per the FDA, generally, most
Class I devices are exempt from Premarket Notification 510(k); most Class II devices require Premarket Notification 510(k); and most Class
III devices require a PMA.

12

510(k) Clearance Process

To  obtain  510(k)  clearance,  we  must  submit  a  pre-market  notification  to  the  FDA  demonstrating  that  the  proposed  device  is
substantially equivalent to a device that has previously obtained 510(k) clearance, a device that has been classified into Class I or II, or a
device  that  was  legally  marketed  before  May  28,  1976  and  that  is  not  yet  subject  to  an  FDA  order  requiring  pre-market  approval.  In rare
cases, Class III devices may be cleared through the 510(k) process. The FDA has committed to review most 510(k) decisions within 90 days,
but the review clock may be stopped due to requests for additional information. A decision may take significantly longer, and clearance is
never assured. Although many 510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires clinical data
to support substantial equivalence. In reviewing a pre-market notification submission, the FDA may request additional information, including
clinical data, which may significantly prolong the review process.

After  a  device  receives  510(k)  clearance,  any  subsequent  modification  of  the  device  that  could  significantly  affect  its  safety  or
effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, in some cases, approval of a
PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA may review any such decision and may disagree
with  a  manufacturer's  determination.  If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  a  manufacturer's  determination,  the  FDA  may  require  the  manufacturer  to
cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA is obtained. Under these circumstances, the
FDA may also subject a manufacturer to enforcement action and sanctions, including those described below. In addition, the FDA is currently
evaluating  the  510(k)  process  and  may  make  substantial  changes  to  regulatory  requirements,  including  changes  that  could  affect  which
devices are eligible for 510(k) clearance, the FDA’s ability to rescind 510(k) clearances, and additional requirements that may significantly
impact the 510(k) review process.

Pre-market Approval (“PMA”) Process

A PMA generally must be submitted if the medical device is in Class III or cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A  PMA
must be supported by extensive technical, preclinical, clinical, manufacturing, and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction the
safety and effectiveness of the device.

After a PMA is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review, the FDA may
request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from
outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of
the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with Quality System
Regulations  (“QSR”),  which  imposes  elaborate  development,  testing,  control,  documentation  and  other  quality  assurance  requirements  on
the  design  and  manufacturing  process.  The  FDA  has  committed  to  review  most  PMAs  within  180  days  where  an  advisory  panel  is  not
required  and  within  320  days  where  an  advisory  panel  is  required,  but  the  review  clock  may  be  stopped  due  to  requests  for  additional
information.  A  decision  may  take  significantly  longer,  and  approval  is  never  assured.  The  FDA  may  approve  a  PMA  with  post-approval
conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, and distribution
and collection of safety data. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in enforcement action and sanctions, including those
described  below.  New  PMAs  or  PMA  supplements  are  required  for  significant  modifications  to  the  manufacturing  process,  labeling  of  the
product, or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of
information as an original PMA, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered
by the original PMA and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

De novo Classification Process

Medical  device  types  that  the  FDA  has  not  previously  classified  as  Class  I,  II,  or  III  are  automatically  classified  into  Class  III
regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for
low-to-moderate  risk  medical  devices  that  are  automatically  placed  into  Class  III  due  to  the  absence  of  a  predicate  device,  called  the
“Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer
whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the
basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA. Prior to the enactment of
the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (“FDASIA”) in July 2012, a medical device could only be eligible for de novo
classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) pre-market notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device
was not substantially equivalent

13

to  a  predicate  device.  FDASIA  streamlined  the  de  novo  classification  pathway  by  permitting  manufacturers  to  also  request  de  novo
classification  directly  without  first  submitting  a  510(k)  pre-market  notification  to  the  FDA  and  receiving  a  not  substantially  equivalent
determination. Under FDASIA, the FDA is required to classify the device within 120 days following receipt of such a direct de novo request;
however,  this  time  period  can  be  extended  if  questions  and/or  requests  for  additional  information  are  asked  of  the  applicant.  If  the
manufacturer  seeks  classification  into  Class  II,  the  manufacturer  should  include  a  draft  proposal  for  special  controls  that  are  necessary  to
provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. In addition, the FDA may reject a de novo request if
the  FDA  identifies  a  legally  marketed  predicate  device  that  would  be  appropriate  for  a  510(k),  determines  that  the  device  is  not  low-to-
moderate risk, or determines that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed.

On February 23, 2017, the FDA granted our de novo request to market the Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC

Kit as a Class II medical device.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trial data is typically required to support a PMA and is sometimes required for a 510(k) pre-market notification. Initiation of a
clinical  trial  generally  requires  submission  of  an  application  for  an  Investigational  Device  Exemption  (an  “IDE”)  to  the  FDA.  The  IDE
application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in
humans  and  that  the  investigational  protocol  is  scientifically  sound.  The  IDE  application  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  FDA  for  a
specified  number  of  patients,  unless  the  product  is  deemed  a  non-significant  risk  device  and  eligible  for  abbreviated  IDE  requirements.
Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA as well as the appropriate institutional
review boards at the clinical trial sites and the informed consent of the patients participating in the clinical trial is obtained. After a trial begins,
the FDA may place it on hold or terminate if it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to unacceptable risks. Any trials we conduct
must  be  undertaken  in  accordance  with  FDA  regulations  as  well  as  other  federal  regulations  and  state  laws  concerning  human  subject
protection and privacy, including, but not limited to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) Privacy Rule (45 CFR
Part  160  and  Subparts  A  and  E  of  Part  164)  and  the  Security  Rule  (45  CFR  Part  160  and  Subparts  A  and  C  of  Part  164).  Moreover, the
results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product.

Clinical trial sponsors may also be subject to the Medicare Secondary Payer laws, which prohibit Medicare from making a payment if
payment  has  been  made  or  can  reasonably  be  expected  to  be  made  by  other  plans,  such  as  liability  insurance  plans  (including  self-
insurance).  Section  111  of  the  Medicare,  Medicaid,  and  SCHIP  Extension  Act  of  2007  (“MMSEA”)  established  mandatory  reporting
requirements with respect to Medicare beneficiaries who receive settlements, judgments, awards, or other payment from liability insurance
(including self-insurance) plans. When payments are made by sponsors of clinical trials for complications or injuries arising out of the trials,
such  payments  are  considered  to  be  payments  by  liability  insurance  (including  self-insurance)  and  must  be  reported.  Section  III  of  the
MMSEA  includes  authority  for  CMS  to  impose  civil  monetary  penalties  against  liability  insurance  (including  self-insurance)  plans  that  are
determined to be non-compliant with the applicable reporting requirements.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

•

•

After a medical device is placed on the market, numerous FDA regulatory requirements apply, including the following:
the QSR, which imposes elaborate development, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance requirements on the
design and manufacturing process;
establishment registration, which requires establishments involved in the production and distribution of medical devices, intended for
commercial distribution in the United States, to register with the FDA;

• medical device listing, which requires manufacturers to list the devices they have in commercial distribution with the FDA;
•

labeling regulations and various statutory provisions, which prohibit false or misleading labeling, as well as the promotion of products
for unapproved or “off-label” uses, and impose other restrictions on labeling; and
post-market reporting requirements, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA deaths, serious injuries, and malfunctions
that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury, recalls, and corrective field actions.

•

In certain cases, advertising is also subject to scrutiny by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) in addition

14

to the FDA. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce these and other applicable laws and regulations, accordingly. Failure  to  comply
with applicable requirements may result in enforcement action by the FDA and/or the U.S. Department of Justice, which may include one or
more of the following administrative or judicial sanctions:

untitled letters or warning letters;
fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

•
•
• mandatory recall or seizure of our products;
•
•
•
•
•
•

administrative detention or banning of our products;
operating restrictions, partial suspension, or total shutdown of production;
import holds;
refusing to approve pending 510(k) notifications;
revocation of 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals previously granted; and
criminal prosecution and penalties.

International Regulation

Sales  of  medical  devices  outside  the  United  States  are  subject  to  foreign  government  regulations,  which  vary  substantially  from
country to country. In order to market our products in other countries, we must obtain regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety
and  quality  regulations  in  other  countries.  The  time  required  to  obtain  approval  by  a  foreign  country  may  be  longer  or  shorter  than  that
required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ significantly.

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which comprises the 27 Member States of the EU plus Liechtenstein, Norway and Iceland,
in vitro medical devices are required to conform with the essential requirements of the EU Directive on in vitro diagnostic medical devices
(Directive 98/79/EC, as amended). To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements, the manufacturer must undergo a conformity
assessment procedure. The conformity assessment varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. For low-risk devices,
the conformity assessment can be carried out internally, but for higher risk devices (self-test devices and those included in List A and B of
Annex  II  of  Directive  98/79/EC)  it  requires  the  intervention  of  an  accredited  EEA  Notified  Body.  If  successful,  the  conformity  assessment
concludes with the drawing up by the manufacturer of an EC Declaration of Conformity entitling the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its
products and to sell them throughout the EEA. The EC Declaration of Conformity was received by the Company in 2015 for the Accelerate
Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit.

Other Healthcare Laws

Following the FDA’s granting of our de novo request to market the Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, we
commenced  active  commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  Such  business  activities,  including  the  activities  of  any  third-party
distributors that we retain, will be subject to additional healthcare laws and regulations and related enforcement by the federal government as
well  as  the  governments  of  states  and  foreign  jurisdictions  where  we  conduct  our  business.  These  laws  and  regulations  include,  without
limitation,  state  and  federal  anti-kickback,  fraud  and  abuse  (including  state  and  federal  Stark  law),  false  claims,  privacy  and  security,  and
physician  payment  transparency  laws  and  regulations.  Violations  of  these  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  criminal  or  civil  sanctions,
including substantial fines and, in some cases, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid.
The  following  discussion  describes  certain  federal  and  state  healthcare  laws  and  regulations  that  may  impact  our  operations  and  the
operations of our customers, but is not intended to be an exhaustive discussion of all potentially applicable federal and state health laws and
regulations.

The  U.S.  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute  prohibits  any  person  from  knowingly  and  willfully  offering,  soliciting,  receiving,  or  providing
remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for an
item or service, or the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility,
item,  or  service  for  which  payment  may  be  made,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  a  federal  healthcare  program,  such  as  the  Medicare  and
Medicaid programs. A person need not have actual knowledge of the Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent in order to commit a violation,
and several courts have interpreted the intent requirement of the Anti-Kickback Statute to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement is
to induce referrals or purchases of federal healthcare program business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition to criminal
fines and penalties set forth under the Anti-Kickback Statute, violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion or debarment from
participation in the federal healthcare programs, as well as substantial penalties under the Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, which imposes
penalties against any person or entity that is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a

15

federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or
fraudulent. A violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act,
which, as discussed below, imposes liability on any person or entity that knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent
claim for payment by a federal healthcare program. Several states and foreign countries also have anti-kickback laws and other fraud and
abuse  laws  that  establish  similar  prohibitions  and,  in  some  cases,  may  apply  to  items  or  services  reimbursed  by  any  third-party  payer,
including commercial insurers.

The U.S. federal Physician Self-Referral Law, commonly referred to as the Stark law, prohibits physicians from referring patients to
receive “designated health services” payable by Medicare or Medicaid from entities with which the physician or an immediate family member
has  a  financial  relationship,  unless  an  exception  applies.  Financial  relationships  include  both  ownership/investment  interests  and
compensation arrangements. The Stark law is a strict liability statute, meaning that proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required.
The Stark law prohibits the submission, or causing the submission, of claims in violation of the law’s restrictions on referrals. Penalties for
physicians who violate the Stark law include fines as well as exclusion from participation in Federal health care programs.

The federal False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that knowingly presents or causes to be presented a false or
fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the U.S. government. Liability under the False Claims Act can give rise to treble damages
and civil monetary penalties. In addition to actions initiated by the government itself, the qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act authorize
private individuals to bring False Claims Act actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false
claim to the federal government, and to share in a percentage of the recovery. In recent years, the government and qui tam relators have
initiated suits resulting in multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the False Claims Act in addition to criminal convictions under
applicable criminal statutes. Given  the  significant  size  of  actual  and  potential  settlements,  it  is  expected  that  the  government  and  qui  tam
relators  will  continue  to  devote  substantial  resources  and  use  the  False  Claims  Act  to  investigate  and  prosecute  healthcare  companies’
compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws.

The  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”)  created  federal  criminal  statutes  that  prohibit
knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private
third-party  payers  or  to  obtain—by  means  of  false  or  fraudulent  pretenses,  representations,  or  promises—any  of  the  money  or  property
owned by or under the custody or control of any healthcare benefit program; and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up
a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare
benefits,  items  or  services.  The  Affordable  Care  Act  (“ACA”)  amended  certain  sections  of  the  HIPAA  criminal  statutes  such  that  a  person
need not have actual knowledge of the applicable statute or specific intent in order to have committed a healthcare fraud violation.

As stated above, many states and foreign countries have adopted similar fraud and abuse laws that may be broader in scope and
may apply regardless of payer. Violations of any of these laws can lead to additional risk such as risk of plaintiff class actions, state attorney
general actions, and investigation by agencies such as the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) or the FTC.

The  Physician  Payment  Sunshine  Act,  implemented  by  Section  6002  of  the  ACA,  imposes  transparency  requirements  on  certain
manufacturers,  referred  to  as  “applicable  manufacturers,”  of  drugs,  devices,  biological,  or  medical  supplies  for  which  payment  is  available
under  Medicare,  Medicaid,  the  Children’s  Health  Insurance  Program  (“CHIP”),  or  a  waiver  of  a  plan  offered  under  CHIP.  Applicable
manufacturers must track and report to the CMS certain payments or “transfers of value” provided to U.S. licensed physicians and teaching
hospitals  during  the  preceding  calendar  year,  as  well  as  certain  ownership  and  investment  interests  held  by  U.S.  licensed  physicians  and
their immediate family members. CMS releases the reported data on a public website on an annual basis. Failure to report as required under
the Physician Payment Sunshine Act could subject applicable manufacturers to significant financial penalties, while tracking and reporting the
required payments and transfers of value may result in considerable administrative expense. Several states currently have similar laws, and
more states may enact similar legislation, some of which may be broader in scope. For example, certain states require the implementation of
compliance  programs,  compliance  with  industry  ethics  codes,  implementation  of  gift  bans,  and  spending  limits,  and/or  reporting  of  gifts,
compensation, and other remuneration to healthcare professionals.

16

We also may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct
our  business.  HIPAA,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  (“HITECH”),  and  their
respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published by the Department of Health and Human Services Office for
Civil  Rights  (“OCR”)  in  January  2013,  restrict  the  use  and  disclosure  of  patient-identifiable  health  information,  mandate  the  adoption  of
standards relating to the privacy and security of patient-identifiable health information, and require us to report certain security breaches to
healthcare provider customers with respect to such information where we are acting as a HIPAA business associate, as that term is defined,
to  that  customer.  In  addition  to  HIPAA  criminal  penalties,  HITECH  created  four  new  tiers  of  civil  and  monetary  penalties  and  gave  state
attorneys  general  new  authority  to  file  civil  actions  for  damages  or  injunctions  in  federal  courts  to  enforce  the  federal  HIPAA  privacy  and
security laws and seek attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and
security of health information in certain circumstances and impose reporting requirements for data breaches, many of which differ from each
other and HIPAA in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The use of certain diagnostic products by our potential customers is affected by the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments
(“CLIA”) and related federal and state regulations that provide for regulation of laboratory testing. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and
reliability of clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration,
and participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality assurance, quality control, and inspections. Current or future CLIA
requirements or the promulgation of additional regulations affecting laboratory testing may prevent some laboratories, hospitals, providers, or
other customers with laboratories from using some or all of our diagnostic products.

Healthcare Reform

In  the  United  States  and  several  foreign  jurisdictions,  there  have  been,  and  we  expect  there  may  continue  to  be,  a  number  of
legislative  and  regulatory  changes  to  the  healthcare  system  seeking  to  reduce  healthcare  costs  that  could  affect  our  future  results  of
operations as we begin to commercialize our products.

In addition, frequently in recent years, other legislative, regulatory, and political changes aimed at regulating healthcare delivery in
general  and  clinical  laboratories  in  particular  have  been  proposed  and  adopted  in  the  United  States.  Payment  and  reimbursement  for  the
laboratory  industry  and  hospital  and  other  healthcare  provider  services  have  been  under  significant  pressure.  In  January  2015,  the
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”)  announced  a  plan  to  shift  the  Medicare  program  and  the  healthcare  system  at  large
toward paying providers based on quality, rather than the quantity of care provided to patients.

Reimbursement

In  most  cases,  we  do  not  believe  that  hospitals  will  specifically  seek  reimbursement  from  the  government  or  private  insurance
companies  for  their  purchase  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  or  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit.  Instead,  we  believe  that  hospitals  will
recoup  such  costs  by  obtaining  reimbursement  from  the  government  or  private  insurance  companies  for  in-bed  occupancies,  which
traditionally includes all testing required for admitted patients.

Hospitals, clinical laboratories, and other healthcare provider customers that may purchase our products, if approved, generally bill
various third-party payers to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with diagnostic tests, including the cost of the purchase of
our products. We currently expect most of our diagnostic tests will be performed in a hospital inpatient setting, where governmental payers,
such  as  Medicare,  generally  reimburse  hospitals  a  single  bundled  payment  that  is  based  on  the  patient’s  diagnosis  under  a  classification
system known as the Medicare severity diagnosis-related groups (“MS-DRGs”) classification for all items and services provided to the patient
during a single hospitalization, regardless of whether our diagnostic tests are performed during such hospitalization.

In  2020,  the  Company  received  a  Current  Procedural  Terminology  (“CPT”)  code  for  the  rapid  diagnosis  of  patients  in  a  hospital
outpatient setting for the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, ID/AST configuration. While the majority of testing remains with the hospital inpatient
setting,  these  reimbursement  codes  provide  opportunities  to  offset  a  portion  of  the  cost  of  their  testing  for  outpatient  and  observation  bed
patients.

17

Environmental Laws

We use hazardous materials in some of our research, development and manufacturing processes, and our operations are subject to
regulation under various federal, state, local, and foreign laws concerning the environment. We believe that our operations are in material
compliance  with  applicable  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  The  costs  we  incur  in  complying  with  such  environmental  laws  and
regulations are presently not material to our operations, cash flows or financial condition. It is possible, however, that future developments,
including  changes  in  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  could  lead  to  material  compliance  costs,  and  such  costs  may  have  a  material
adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  cash  flows  or  financial  condition.  See  “Risk  Factors-Risks  Related  to  Our  Research  and  Development
Activities-We use hazardous materials in some of our research, development and manufacturing processes and face the accompanying risks
and regulations governing environmental safety” for additional information.

Operations

In January 2013, we relocated our headquarters from Denver, Colorado, to Tucson, Arizona, where we currently lease approximately
54,092  square  feet  of  office,  manufacturing  and  laboratory  space.  Further  information  regarding  our  Tucson  facility  is  included  in  Item  2.
Properties included elsewhere in this report, and details regarding our lease arrangements are included in Item 8, Note 16, Leases to the
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

We  assemble  instruments  and  formulate,  fill,  and  assemble  the  kits  in  our  facilities  in  Tucson,  Arizona.  Our  instruments  and  kits
require certain components that are custom-fabricated to our specifications. Such components include injection-molded plastic components,
die-cut  laminates,  and  machined  mechanical  components.  We  own  the  necessary  production  tooling  and  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to
qualify secondary sources as needed to support future demand for our products.

Raw Materials

We purchase many different types of raw materials, including plastics, glass, metals, electronic and mechanical sub-assemblies and
various biological and chemical products. We seek to ensure continuity of raw material supply by securing multiple options for sourcing and
also review relevant sources for compliance with conflict minerals requirements. Many of our components are custom-made by only a few
outside suppliers. In certain instances, we have a sole source supply for key product components of the Accelerate Pheno system. We have
entered into supply agreements with most of our suppliers to help ensure component availability and flexible purchasing terms with respect to
the  purchase  of  such  components.  However,  we  are  currently  experiencing  unprecedented  cost  increases  from  many  of  our  suppliers,
primarily as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, labor and supply disruptions and increased inflation. The areas of cost increases
include raw materials, components, and value-add supplier labor. We believe that we currently have sufficient inventory of Accelerate Pheno
system instruments to limit the impact of cost increases on such devices. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy-
Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, consumable goods or other key product components, or issues associated with their quality from
our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability” for additional information.

Human Capital Resources

As  of  December  31,  2022,  we  had  approximately  179  full-time  employees  worldwide,  with  approximately  166  employees  in  the
United  States  and  approximately  13  employees  outside  of  the  United  States,  none  of  whom  are  represented  by  a  labor  union.  We  have
experienced no work stoppages and believe that our employee relations are good.

Our employees are one of our most important assets and set the foundation for our ability to achieve our strategic objectives, drive

operational execution, deliver strong financial performance, advance innovation and maintain our quality and compliance programs.

The success and growth of our business depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain and develop a diverse population of
talented and high-performing employees at all levels of our organization. To succeed in a competitive labor market, we have recruitment and
retention strategies that we focus on as part of the overall management of our business, including designing our compensation and benefits
programs to be competitive and

18

align with our strategic and stockholders’ interests. Some of our key employee benefits include eligibility for health insurance, vacation time, a
retirement  plan,  an  employee  assistance  program,  life  and  disability  coverage.  We  also  offer  a  variety  of  voluntary  benefits  that  allow
employees to select the options that meet their needs, including flexible spending accounts, prepaid legal benefits, backup childcare, tuition
reimbursement and a wellness program.

Available Information

We regularly file reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on
Form 8-K amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. We make these reports
available free of charge in the investor relations section of our corporate website (http://ir.axdx.com/) as soon as reasonably practicable after
such  material  is  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  SEC.  You  may  also  access  these  materials,  and  other  information  regarding
issuers  like  us  that  file  information  electronically  with  the  SEC,  from  the  SEC’s  internet  website  at  http://www.sec.gov.  References  to  our
corporate  website  address  in  this  report  are  intended  to  be  inactive  textual  references  only,  and  none  of  the  information  contained  on  our
website is part of this report or incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, in addition to the
other information included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, including our financial statements and the related notes. If any of
the  following  risks  materialize,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or  growth  prospects  could  be  materially  adversely
affected, and the value of an investment in our common stock may decline significantly.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition, Liquidity and Indebtedness

Our financial condition, including our substantial indebtedness, raises substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue

as a going concern.

Since inception, we have not achieved profitable operations or positive cash flows from operations. Our accumulated deficit totaled
$607.2 million as of December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we had a net loss of $62.5 million and negative cash
flows from operations of $48.7 million. As of December 31, 2022, we had $45.6 million in cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, we have a
substantial amount of indebtedness primarily comprised of $56.6 million aggregate principal amount of Notes and a secured promissory note
in an aggregate principal amount of $34.9 million (the “Secured Note”).

As a result of our financial condition, we have determined that, as of the date of this Form 10-K filing, there is substantial doubt about
our ability to continue as a going concern, as we do not currently have adequate financial resources to pay our outstanding debt obligation
under the Notes and to fund our forecasted operating costs for at least twelve months from the filing of this Form 10-K. The report of our
independent  registered  public  accountant  on  our  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021  also
includes explanatory language describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The presence
of this going concern explanatory language could adversely affect our ability to raise additional debt or equity financing, as well as to further
develop  and  market  our  products,  all  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition. See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Capital Resources
and  Liquidity”  of  this  Form  10-K  and  Note  1,  Organization  and  Nature  of  Business;  Basis  of  Presentation;  Principles  of  Consolidation  for
additional information.

Management currently believes that it will be necessary for us to secure additional funds to continue our existing business operations
and  to  fund  our  obligations.  We  may  choose  to  raise  additional  funds  during  2023  through  a  variety  of  equity  and/or  debt  financing
arrangements; however, there are currently no commitments in place for future financing and there can be no assurance that we will be able
to obtain funds on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

19

We are in default of payment obligations under the terms of our Notes, which matured on March 15, 2023 and became due

and payable.

The Notes matured on March 15, 2023 and became due and payable. On March 9, 2023, the Company entered into a Forbearance
Agreement  (the  “Forbearance  Agreement”),  which  became  effective  on  March  13,  2023,  with  the  holders  of  approximately  85%  of  the
Company’s outstanding Notes (collectively, the “Ad Hoc Noteholder Group”) and, the trustee for the Notes (the “Trustee”). Other holders of
the  Notes  may  become  a  party  to  the  Forbearance  Agreement  by  executing  and  delivering  to  the  Company  a  joinder  to  the  Forbearance
Agreement. Pursuant  to  the  Forbearance  Agreement,  the  members  of  the  Ad  Hoc  Noteholder  Group  have  agreed,  and  have  directed  the
Trustee,  to  forbear  from  exercising  their  rights  and  remedies  under  the  indenture  governing  the  Notes  (the  “Indenture”)  in  connection  with
certain events of default under the Indenture, including, but not limited to, the failure to timely pay in full the principal of any Note when due
and  payable  on  March  15,  2023  and  the  failure  to  pay  any  interest  on  any  Note  when  due  and  payable.  The  Forbearance  Agreement  is
effective for the period commencing on March 13, 2023 and ending on March 29, 2023. On March 29, 2023, the Company and the Ad Hoc
Noteholder Group agreed to further extend the forbearance period under the Forbearance Agreement to April 5, 2023. See Part II, Item 7,
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Capital  Resources  and  Liquidity  -  Convertible
Notes” of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Forbearance Agreement.

As discussed in this Form 10-K, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, as we do not currently
have adequate financial resources to pay our outstanding debt obligations under the Notes and to fund our forecasted operating costs for at
least twelve months from the filing of this Form 10-K. While the Company continues to explore additional funding, there can be no assurance
the  necessary  financing  will  be  available  on  terms  acceptable  to  the  Company,  or  at  all.  If  the  Company  raises  funds  by  issuing  equity
securities, dilution to stockholders may result. Any  equity  securities  issued  may  also  provide  for  rights,  preferences  or  privileges  senior  to
those  of  holders  of  common  stock.  If  the  Company  raises  funds  by  issuing  debt  securities,  these  debt  securities  would  have  rights,
preferences and privileges senior to those of preferred and common stockholders. The terms of debt securities or borrowings could impose
significant  restrictions  on  our  operations.  Similarly,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  market  conditions  and  refinancing  alternatives  will  be
sufficient to settle or refinance the Notes. The capital markets have in the past, and may in the future, experience periods of upheaval that
could impact the availability and cost of equity and debt financing. Financial market instability or disruptions to the banking system due to
bank failures, particularly in light of the recent events that have occurred with respect to Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank, may also
adversely affect our ability to enter into financing arrangements and facilities. In addition, recent and anticipated future increases in federal
fund rates set by the Federal Reserve, which serve as benchmark rates on borrowing, and other general economic conditions may impact
the cost of debt financing or refinancing existing debt.

Although we are actively considering all available strategic alternatives to maximize value, if we are unable to obtain adequate capital
resources to fund operations and address our outstanding debt obligations under the Notes, we would not be able to continue to operate our
business  pursuant  to  our  current  plans.  In  particular,  if  we  are  unable  to  address  our  outstanding  debt  obligations  under  the  Notes,  or
otherwise  obtain  an  extension  under  the  Forbearance  Agreement,  prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  forbearance  period  specified  in  the
Forbearance  Agreement,  then  the  Trustee  may  exercise  its  rights  and  remedies  under  the  Indenture  and  declare  the  principal  of,  and  all
accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be due and payable immediately. This may require us to, among other things, materially modify
our  operations  to  reduce  spending;  sell  assets  or  operations;  delay  the  implementation  of,  or  revising  certain  aspects  of,  our  business
strategy; file a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in order to implement a restructuring; or
discontinue our operations entirely. Additionally, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to obtain any extensions under the
Forbearance Agreement.

We may seek the protection of the Bankruptcy Court, which may harm our business, adversely affect our ability to retain

key personnel, and result in a significant loss of value for our stockholders.

We have engaged financial and legal advisors to assist us in, among other things, analyzing various strategic alternatives to address
our liquidity and capital structure. However, there can be no assurance that the strategic review will be successful, and a filing under Chapter
11  may  be  unavoidable.  Seeking  Bankruptcy  Court  protection  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,
results of operations and liquidity. So long as the process related to a Chapter 11 proceeding continues, our senior management would be
required  to  spend  a  significant  amount  of  time  and  effort  dealing  with  the  reorganization  instead  of  focusing  exclusively  on  our  business
operations. Bankruptcy Court protection also might make it more difficult to retain

20

management and other key personnel necessary to the success and growth of our business. The longer a Chapter 11 proceeding continues,
the  more  likely  it  is  that  our  customers  would  lose  confidence  in  our  ability  to  reorganize  our  businesses  successfully  and  would  seek  to
establish  alternative  commercial  relationships.  Additionally,  all  of  our  indebtedness  is  senior  to  the  existing  common  stock  in  our  capital
structure. As a result, if we seek relief under Chapter 11, existing shares of our common stock may be canceled, with a very limited recovery
or no recovery for holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we execute a restructuring outside of Chapter 11, such transaction could result
in substantial dilution to existing holders of our common stock. Therefore, trading in our securities is highly speculative and poses substantial
risks.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We have limited revenues from our products and no assurance of future revenues.

We  have  received  limited  revenue  from  sales  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit.  As  a  result,
during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, we experienced losses from operations. Our future revenues are dependent on
the successful commercialization of our products and there can be no assurance that we will be successful at the levels necessary to cover
the costs of operations. If we are unsuccessful in generating sufficient revenues from our current and future products, we will likely continue
to experience losses from operations and negative cash flow.

We  have  a  history  of  losses  and  expect  to  continue  to  incur  losses  in  the  future,  and  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will

achieve or sustain profitability.

Until  we  received  FDA  approval  to  market  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  we  were  a  development-stage  company  and  therefore
incurred  significant  losses  in  prior  years.  While  we  are  currently  commercializing  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  the  Accelerate  Arc
system  outside  of  the  United  States,  we  have  incurred  significant  costs  in  connection  with  the  development  and  commercialization  of  our
technology. There is no assurance that we will achieve sufficient revenues to offset anticipated operating costs, and we expect to continue to
incur losses in the future. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability depends on numerous factors including the market acceptance of our
products, product quality, future product development and our market penetration and margins. If we are unsuccessful in generating sufficient
revenues  from  our  products,  we  will  likely  continue  to  experience  losses  from  operations  and  negative  cash  flow.  Although  we  anticipate
deriving  revenues  from  the  sale  of  our  products,  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  these  products  can  be  sold  on  a  net  profit  basis.  If  we
achieve profitability, we cannot give any assurance that we will be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the
future.

Our future profitability and continued existence are dependent in large part upon the successful commercialization of the
Accelerate Pheno system and further development and commercialization of associated test kits, the Accelerate Arc system and
future products.

Our principal business strategy involves the successful commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system and further development
and commercialization of associated test kits, the Accelerate Arc module and BC kit and future products, including our next generation AST
instrument platform. On June 30, 2015, we declared our conformity to the European In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/ EC and applied a CE
Mark  to  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit  for  in  vitro  diagnostic  use.  On  February  23,  2017,  the  FDA
granted  our  de  novo  request  to  market  our  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit.  We  have  and  will  continue  to
dedicate a significant amount of resources to market and sell the Accelerate Pheno system. Likewise, we plan to continue our investment in
the development of additional test kits and the commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system in the United States and other jurisdictions
in  which  we  intend  to  pursue  marketing  authorization.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  successfully  commercialize  the  Accelerate
Pheno  system,  any  associated  test  kits,  including  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit,  or  further  develop  and  commercialize  complimentary
products such as PhenoTest BC Kit, AST configuration, the Accelerate Arc system, including the Accelerate Arc BC kit, and future products.

Any failure to do so could lead to an impairment of certain of our intellectual property, inventory, property and equipment, and may
result  in  our  ceasing  operations.  We  may  also  be  required  to  expend  significantly  more  resources  than  planned  in  this  process  and,  as  a
result, we may have to cease investing in the Accelerate Pheno system, the Accelerate Arc system or developing other products.

21

Additionally,  our  efforts  to  educate  hospitals  on  the  benefits  of  our  products  require  significant  resources,  and  we  may  experience
reluctance from hospitals to purchase our products. If we fail to successfully commercialize our products, we may never receive a return on
the  significant  investments  in  product  development,  sales  and  marketing,  regulatory  compliance,  manufacturing  and  quality  assurance  we
have  made,  and  on  further  investments  we  intend  to  make,  and  may  fail  to  generate  revenue  and  gain  economies  of  scale  from  such
investments.

Furthermore,  the  potential  market  for  our  products  may  not  expand  as  we  anticipate  or  may  even  decline  based  on  numerous
factors, including the introduction of superior alternative product or other factors beyond our control. For example, the market for our products
was adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy—The COVID-19 pandemic has had,
and  may  continue  to  have,  a  significant  adverse  impact  on  our  commercial  operations  and  also  exposes  our  business  to  other  risks” for
additional information. If we are unable to adequately expand the market for our products, this failure would have a material adverse effect on
our ability to execute on our business plan and ability to generate revenue.

We have entered into the Sales and Marketing Agreement with BD and will substantially depend on BD for the successful

commercialization of our products.

As  part  of  our  collaboration  with  BD  pursuant  to  the  Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement,  BD  will  perform  certain  sales,  tactical
marketing, technical service call forwarding, order preparation, research and development support and/or regulatory activities on our behalf
as our exclusive sales agent for certain of our products, including the Accelerate Pheno system, Accelerate Arc system and related BC Kits.
The successful commercialization of our products, including our ability to generate revenue from our arrangement with BD, will depend on
BD’s ability to successfully perform the responsibilities assigned to it pursuant to the Sales and Marketing Agreement. While BD is largely
responsible for the speed and scope of sales and marketing efforts, we cannot assure you that BD will dedicate the resources necessary to
successfully perform its responsibilities pursuant to the Sales and Marketing Agreement, and our ability to cause BD to increase the speed
and scope of its efforts may be limited. In addition, sales and marketing efforts could be negatively impacted by the delay or failure by us to
obtain additional supportive clinical trial data for our products. We cannot predict the success of our collaboration with BD, and there can be
no assurance that the efforts of BD will meet our expectations or result in any significant product sales or cost savings within the anticipated
time frame or at all.

In  the  event  that  BD  fails  to  perform  under  the  Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement,  or  if  the  Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement  is
terminated,  this  could  delay  our  product  commercialization  efforts,  which  would  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows. The termination of the Sales and Marketing Agreement could also require us to revise our
commercialization and business strategy going forward and divert management attention and resources. In addition, the termination of the
Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement  could  materially  impact  our  ability  to  enter  into  additional  collaboration  agreements  with  new  partners  on
favorable terms, if at all.

Our future product candidates have not obtained marketing authorization from the FDA, and they may never obtain such

marketing authorization or other regulatory clearance.

Our success in part depends on our ability to obtain additional product marketing authorizations from the FDA for product candidates
in our pipeline, including our next generation Pheno system. If our attempts to obtain marketing authorization or other regulatory clearance
are unsuccessful, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to sustain and grow our business. Our future product candidates may not
be sufficiently sensitive or specific to obtain, or may prove to have other characteristics that preclude our obtaining, marketing authorization
from  the  FDA  or  regulatory  clearance.  The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearance  is  expensive  and  time-consuming  and  can  vary
substantially  based  upon,  among  other  things,  the  type,  complexity  and  novelty  of  our  product  candidates.  Changes  in  regulatory  policy,
changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application may
cause  delays  in  the  clearance  of,  or  receipt  of  marketing  authorization  from  the  FDA  for,  a  product  candidate  or  rejection  of  a  regulatory
application  altogether.  The  FDA  has  substantial  discretion  in  the  de  novo  review  and  clearance  processes  and  may  refuse  to  accept  any
application or may decide that our data is insufficient for clearance and require additional pre-clinical, clinical or other studies. In addition,
varying interpretations of the data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing authorization from the
FDA or regulatory clearance of a product candidate. Any marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance we ultimately obtain
may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-market commitments that render the product candidate not commercially viable.

22

If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the commercialization of

our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

From  time  to  time,  we  estimate  the  timing  of  the  accomplishment  of  various  scientific,  clinical,  regulatory  and  other  product
development  goals.  These  goals  may  include  the  commencement  or  completion  of  clinical  trials  and  the  submission  of  regulatory  filings.
From time to time, we may publicly announce the expected timing of some of these goals. All of these goals are, and will be, based on a
variety of assumptions. The actual timing of these goals can vary significantly compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond
our  control.  We  may  experience  numerous  unforeseen  events  that  could  delay  or  prevent  our  ability  to  receive  marketing  approval  or
commercialize our product candidates, including the uncertainties and risks set forth in this Form 10-K and in our other filings with the SEC.
For example, on October 21, 2022, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing it has been in recent discussions with the
FDA regarding its Accelerate Arc Products. Pursuant to such discussions, the FDA has challenged the Company’s commercialization of the
Accelerate  Arc  Products  in  the  United  States  as  a  Class  I  device  exempt  from  510(k)  clearance  requirements.  The  Company  is  in  active
dialogue with the FDA to determine the appropriate regulatory pathway. While these discussions are ongoing, the Company has put on hold
in the United States its sales and marketing efforts of the Accelerate Arc Products. If we do not meet our goals as publicly announced, the
commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

We may not be able to enhance the capabilities of our current and new products to keep pace with our industry’s rapidly

changing technology and customer requirements.

Our industry is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and evolving
industry standards. Our future success will depend significantly on our ability to enhance our current products and develop or acquire and
market  new  products  that  keep  pace  with  technological  developments  and  evolving  industry  standards  as  well  as  respond  to  changes  in
customer needs. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than
the  products  and  systems  that  we  plan  to  sell.  It  is  critical  to  our  success  that  we  anticipate  changes  in  technology  and  customer
requirements  and  physician,  hospital  and  healthcare  provider  practices  and  successfully  introduce  new,  enhanced  and  competitive
technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. At the same time, however, we must carefully
manage our introduction of new products. If potential customers believe that such new products will offer enhanced features or be sold for a
more attractive price, they may delay purchases of existing products until such new products are available.

Further, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing or acquiring product enhancements or new products to
address changing technologies and customer requirements adequately, that we can introduce such products on a timely basis or that any
such products or enhancements will be successful in the marketplace. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new products or if
the  market  does  not  accept  our  products,  or  if  we  experience  difficulties  or  delays  in  the  final  development  and  commercialization  of  our
products, we may be unable to attract additional customers for our products or strategic partners to license our products.

The failure of our current or any future diagnostic products to perform as expected could significantly impair our reputation

and the public image of our products, and we may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors.

Our success will depend on the market’s confidence that our technologies can provide reliable, high-quality diagnostic results. We
believe  that  our  customers  are  likely  to  be  particularly  sensitive  to  any  defects  or  errors  in  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  As  is  typical  of
complex diagnostic systems we occasionally experience support issues or other performance problems with the Accelerate Pheno system.
We  have  also  experienced  customer  returns  of  our  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  some  of  which  related  to  quality  issues.  We  could  face
warranty and liability claims against us and our reputation could suffer as a result of such failures. We cannot assure you that our product
liability  insurance  would  adequately  protect  our  assets  from  the  financial  impact  of  defending  a  product  liability  claim.  Any  product  liability
claim  brought  against  us,  with  or  without  merit,  could  increase  our  product  liability  insurance  rates  or  prevent  us  from  securing  insurance
coverage  in  the  future.  In  addition,  the  FDA  and  similar  foreign  governmental  authorities  have  the  authority  to  require  the  recall  of
commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product
poses  an  unacceptable  risk  to  health.  A  recall,  material  liability  claim  or  other  occurrence  that  harms  our  reputation  or  decreases  market
acceptance  of  our  products  could  cause  us  to  incur  significant  costs,  divert  the  attention  of  our  key  personnel  or  cause  other  significant
customer relations problems.

23

In the past, we have experienced disappointing or negative publication results regarding the efficacy of our products. Such negative

publicity could diminish our reputation and future sales of our products, which could have a material impact on our financial performance.

If treatment guidelines for bacterial infections change, or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and seek

new marketing authorization from the FDA for our product candidates.

If  treatment  guidelines  for  bacterial  infections  change,  or  the  standard  of  care  evolves,  we  may  need  to  redesign  and  seek  new
marketing  authorization  from  the  FDA  or  other  regulatory  clearance  for  our  product  candidates.  If  treatment  guidelines  change  so  that
different treatments become desirable, the Accelerate Pheno system may no longer provide the information sought by physicians, and we
could be required to seek marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance for a revised product.

We may not be able to correctly estimate or control our future operating expenses, which could lead to cash shortfalls, and

our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which may be outside of

our control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•
•
•
•
•

the  expenses  we  incur  for  research  and  development  required  to  maintain  and  improve  our  technology,  including  the  continuing
development of the Accelerate Pheno system, the Accelerate Arc system, and development costs for new products;
the  expenses  we  incur  in  connection  with  the  development,  marketing  authorization  and  regulatory  clearance  of  the  use  of  the
Accelerate Pheno system to test on additional specimen types, as well as in connection with the development of new products;
the  costs  of  preparing,  filing,  prosecuting,  defending  and  enforcing  patent  claims  and  other  intellectual  property  related  costs,
including litigation costs and the results of such litigation;
the expenses we incur in connection with commercialization activities, including product marketing, sales and distribution expenses;
the costs incurred to build manufacturing capabilities;
the expenses to implement our sales strategy;
the costs to attract and retain personnel with the skills required for effective operations; and
the costs associated with being a public company.

Our budgeted expense levels are based in part on our expectations concerning future revenues from sales of the Accelerate Pheno
system, the Accelerate Arc system, as well as our assessment of the future investments needed to expand our commercial organization and
support research and development activities in connection with the Accelerate Pheno system, the Accelerate Arc system and future products.
We  may  be  unable  to  reduce  our  expenditures  in  a  timely  manner  to  compensate  for  any  unexpected  events  or  a  shortfall  in  revenue.
Accordingly, a shortfall in demand for our products or other unexpected events could have an immediate and material impact on our cash
levels.

Breaches  of  our  information  technology  systems  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and  potentially

result in liability, depending on the type of breach and information compromised.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information, which may include protected health
information,  in  our  day-to-day  operations.  In  addition,  our  research  and  development  operations  are  highly  dependent  on  our  information
technology and storage. Our products also include software and data components. Our information technology systems have been subjected
to computer viruses or other malicious codes and phishing attacks, and we expect to be subject to similar viruses and codes in the future.
Attacks on our information technology systems or products could result in our intellectual property, unsecured protected health information,
and  other  confidential  information  being  lost  or  stolen,  including  the  disclosure  of  our  trade  secrets,  disruption  of  our  operations,  loss  of
valuable  research  and  development  data,  the  need  to  notify  individuals  whose  information  was  disclosed,  increased  costs  for  security
measures  or  remediation  costs  and  diversion  of  management  attention  and  other  negative  consequences.  While  we  will  continue  to
implement protective measures to reduce the risk of and detect future cyber incidents, cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and
frequent,  and  the  techniques  used  in  such  attacks  change  rapidly.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  protective  measures  will  prevent
future attacks that could have a significant impact on our business. There also can be no assurance that our cyber insurance will be sufficient
to cover the total loss or damage caused by a

24

cyber-attack. In addition, the costs of responding to and recovering from such incidents may not be covered by insurance.

Failure to comply with a variety of U.S. and international privacy laws to which we are subject could harm the Company.

Any failure by us or our vendor or other business partners to comply with federal, state or international privacy, data protection or
security laws or regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personally identifiable information could result in
regulatory  or  litigation-related  actions  against  us,  legal  liability,  fines,  damages,  ongoing  audit  requirements  and  other  significant  costs.  A
significant data privacy regulation is the General Data Protection Regulation which applies to the processing of personal information collected
from  individuals  located  in  the  European  Union,  and  has  created  new  compliance  obligations  and  has  significantly  increased  fines  for
noncompliance. Substantial expenses and operational changes may be required in connection with maintaining compliance with such laws,
and in particular certain emerging privacy laws are still subject to a high degree of uncertainty as to their interpretation and application.

We  are  dependent  on  our  key  employees.  If  we  are  unable  to  recruit,  train  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  we  may  not

achieve our goals.

Because  of  the  complex  and  technical  nature  of  our  products  and  the  dynamic  market  in  which  we  compete,  our  future  success
depends on our ability to recruit, train and retain key personnel, including our senior management, research and development, science and
engineering,  manufacturing  and  sales  and  marketing  personnel.  In  particular,  we  are  highly  dependent  on  the  management  and  business
expertise of Jack Phillips, our President and Chief Executive Officer. We do not maintain key person life insurance for Mr. Phillips or any of
our employees. Our industry is very competitive for qualified personnel. To the extent that the services of Mr. Phillips would be unavailable to
us,  we  may  be  unable  to  employ  another  qualified  person  with  the  appropriate  background  and  expertise  to  replace  Mr.  Phillips  on  terms
suitable to us. Our growth depends, in particular, on attracting, retaining and motivating highly trained sales personnel with the necessary
scientific  background  and  ability  to  understand  our  systems  and  pathogens  at  a  technical  level.  In  addition,  we  may  need  additional
employees at our manufacturing facilities to meet demand for our products as we scale up our sales and marketing operations. Like many
companies, we have experienced an increased level of employee attrition, which is largely attributable to dislocations caused by the COVID-
19 pandemic. We  have  various  programs  designed  to  improve  employee  retention,  but  there  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  not  continue  to
experience elevated employee attrition levels, which could negatively impact our ability to develop, implement, support and sell our products.

We  may  not  successfully  manage  the  transitions  associated  with  certain  of  our  executive  officers,  which  could  have  an

adverse impact on us.

On March 9, 2023, Steve Reichling notified us of his decision to resign from his role as our Chief Financial Officer, effective March
31, 2023. In connection with Mr. Reichling’s resignation, we appointed David Patience to serve as our Chief Financial Officer, effective April
1, 2023. Leadership transitions may be inherently difficult to manage, and an inadequate transition to our new Chief Financial Officer may
cause disruption within the Company. In addition, our financial performance and ability to meet operational goals and strategic plans may be
adversely impacted. This may also impact our ability to retain and hire other key members of management.

Our  industry  is  highly  competitive,  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  competing  with  our  competitors.  We  currently  face
competition from new and established competitors and expect to face competition from others in the future, including those with
new products, technologies or techniques.

The  industry  in  which  we  compete  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  changes,  and  we  face  and  expect  to  continue  to  face  strong
competition for our products. Many of our competitors and potential competitors may have substantially greater research and development,
financial, manufacturing, customer support, sales and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name
recognition and more established relationships in the industry than we do. In addition, some of our competitors may, individually or together
with companies affiliated with them, have greater human and scientific resources than we do.

Our  competitors  could  develop  new  products  or  technologies  that  are  more  effective  than  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  the
Accelerate  Arc  system  and  any  of  our  other  products  or  product  candidates.  Additionally,  we  expect  to  face  further  competitive  pressure
resulting from the emergence of new ID or AST techniques or tests. For

25

example,  we  are  aware  that  some  hospitals  have  begun  using  manual  methods  created  through  laboratory  developed  tests,  which  have
been  validated  for  internal  hospital-specific  use  to  deliver  ID  and  AST  results.  Any  of  these  newly  developed  products,  technologies,  and
techniques may offer a better combination of price and performance than our products and systems. Our failure to compete effectively could
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We  generate  a  portion  of  our  future  revenue  internationally  and  are  subject  to  various  risks  relating  to  our  international

activities which could adversely affect our operating results.

We market and sell the Accelerate Pheno system in other countries outside of the United States. In order to market our products in
certain  foreign  jurisdictions,  we,  or  our  distributors  or  partners,  must  obtain  separate  regulatory  approvals  and  comply  with  numerous  and
varying regulatory requirements regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical studies and commercial sales and
distribution of our products. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. In addition, in many countries
outside the United States, a product must be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We
may  not  obtain  approvals  from  regulatory  authorities  outside  the  United  States  on  a  timely  basis,  if  at  all,  which  could  harm  our  ability  to
expand  into  markets  outside  the  United  States.  In  addition,  engaging  in  international  business  involves  a  number  of  other  difficulties  and
risks, including:

•

•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

required  compliance  with  existing  and  changing  foreign  healthcare  and  other  regulatory  requirements  and  laws,  such  as  those
relating to patient privacy or handling of bio-hazardous waste;
required  compliance  with  anti-bribery  laws,  such  as  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act,  data  privacy
requirements, labor laws and anti-competition regulations;
export and import restrictions;
various reimbursement and insurance regimes;
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
political, economic and social instability, including instability resulting from the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine, as well as
continued and any new sanctions against Russia;
potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers;
foreign exchange controls;
fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations; and
impediments with protecting or procuring intellectual property rights.

In particular, further escalation or expansion of the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine could impact our European business

operations, including disrupting our sales channels and marketing activities, as well as negatively impacting the demand for our products.

In addition, changes in policies and/or laws of the United States or foreign governments resulting in, among other changes, higher
taxation,  tariffs  or  similar  protectionist  laws,  currency  conversion  limitations,  limitations  on  business  operations,  or  the  nationalization  of
private enterprises could reduce the anticipated benefits of international operations and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
expand internationally.

26

Our  employees,  independent  contractors,  principal  investigators,  consultants,  commercial  partners,  vendors  and  other

agents may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with legal standards and requirements.

We  are  exposed  to  the  risk  of  fraud  or  other  misconduct  by  our  employees,  independent  contractors,  principal  investigators,
consultants,  commercial  partners,  vendors  and  other  agents.  Misconduct  by  these  parties  could  include  intentional,  reckless  or  negligent
failures to: (i) comply with the laws and regulations of the FDA, CMS, the HHS Office of Inspector General, Office for Civil Rights and other
similar  foreign  regulatory  bodies;  (ii)  provide  true,  complete  and  accurate  information  to  the  FDA  and  other  similar  regulatory  bodies;  (iii)
comply with manufacturing requirements of the FDA and other similar regulatory bodies and manufacturing standards we have established;
(iv) comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or (v)
report  financial  information  or  data  accurately,  or  disclose  unauthorized  activities  to  us.  These  laws  may  impact,  among  other  things,  our
activities  with  principal  investigators  and  research  subjects,  as  well  as  our  sales,  marketing  and  education  programs.  In  particular,  the
promotion, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to
prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing, unauthorized use of protected health information and data breaches, and other abusive
practices.  These  laws  may  restrict  or  prohibit  a  wide  range  of  activities  related  to  pricing,  discounting,  marketing  and  promotion,  patient
support, royalty, consulting, research and other business arrangements, as well as the improper use of patient information obtained in the
course of clinical studies. We currently have a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees and foreign distributors, but it is not always
possible to identify and deter employee and/or commercial partner misconduct, and our code of conduct and the other precautions we take to
detect  and  prevent  this  activity  may  not  be  effective  in  controlling  unknown  or  unmanaged  risks  or  losses,  or  in  protecting  us  from
governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions
are  instituted  against  us,  and  we  are  not  successful  in  defending  ourselves  or  asserting  our  rights,  those  actions  could  have  a  significant
impact  on  our  business,  including  the  imposition  of  civil,  criminal  and  administrative  penalties,  damages,  monetary  fines,  disgorgement,
individual  imprisonment,  corporate  integrity  agreements,  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  Medicare,  Medicaid  and  other  federal
healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations. Any
of these actions or investigations could result in substantial costs to us, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management from
operating our business.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in

which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market  opportunity  estimates  and  growth  forecasts  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty  and  are  based  on  assumptions  and
estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Any estimates and forecasts in this Form 10-K relating to the size and expected growth of our
market,  total  available  market,  estimated  test  and  placement  volume  and  estimated  pricing,  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  which  may  have
negative consequences, such as overestimation of our potential market opportunity. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size
estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

We are exposed to risks associated with long-lived assets that may become impaired and result in an impairment charge.

The  carrying  amounts  of  long-lived  assets  are  affected  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying
amount of any asset may not be recoverable. Property and equipment includes Accelerate Pheno systems (also referred to as instruments)
used  for  sales  demonstrations,  instruments  under  rental  agreements  and  instruments  used  for  research  and  development.  Similarly,  the
recoverability of the book value of inventory could be impacted by changes in growth expectations and require a reduction in their carrying
value to the lower of cost or market.

Adverse  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  may  affect  the  estimated  discounted  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  derived  from
long-lived assets. If at any time we determine that an impairment has occurred, we will be required to reflect the impaired value as a charge,
resulting in a reduction in earnings, such impairment is identified and a corresponding reduction in our net asset value. In the future we may
incur, impairment charges. A material reduction in earnings resulting from such a charge could cause us to fail to meet the expectations of
investors and securities analysts, which could cause the price of our stock to decline.

27

Providing instrument systems to our customers through reagent rental agreements may harm our liquidity.

Many of our systems are provided to customers via “reagent rental” agreements, under which customers are generally afforded the
right  to  use  the  instrument  in  return  for  a  commitment  to  purchase  minimum  quantities  of  reagents  and  test  kits  over  a  period  of  time.
Accordingly,  we  must  either  incur  the  expense  of  manufacturing  instruments  well  in  advance  of  receiving  sufficient  revenues  from  test
cartridges to recover our expenses or obtain third party financing sources for the purchase of our instrument. The amount of capital required
to provide instrument systems to customers depends on the number of systems placed. Our ability to generate capital to cover these costs
depends on the amount of our revenues from sales of reagents and test cartridges sold through our reagent rental agreements. We do not
currently  sell  enough  reagents  and  test  cartridges  to  recover  all  of  our  fixed  expenses,  and  therefore  we  currently  have  a  net  loss.  If  we
cannot sell a sufficient number of reagents and test cartridges to offset our fixed expenses, our liquidity will continue to be adversely affected.

If we fail to estimate customer demand properly, our financial results could be harmed.

Our products are manufactured based on estimates of customers’ future demand and our manufacturing lead times are very long.
This could lead to a significant mismatch between supply and demand, giving rise to product shortages or excess inventory, and make our
demand forecast more uncertain. In order to have shorter shipment lead times for our customers, we may and have built up inventory for
anticipated growth which has not occurred, or may build up inventory to serve what we believe is pent-up demand. In periods with limited
available capacity we may and have placed inventory orders significantly in advance of our normal lead times, which could negatively impact
our  financial  results.  Additionally,  consumer  behavior  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  has  made  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  estimate  future
demand, and these challenges may be more pronounced in the future. In estimating demand, we make various assumptions, any of which
may and have been incorrect. If we are unable to accurately anticipate demand for our products, our business and financial results could be
adversely impacted. Situations that may result in excess or obsolete inventory include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

changes in business and economic conditions, including downturns in our target markets and/or overall economy;
changes in consumer confidence caused by changes in market conditions, including changes in the credit market;
a sudden and significant decrease in demand for our products;
a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology or customer requirements;
our introduction of new products resulting in lower demand for older products;
less demand than expected for newly-introduced products; or
increased competition, including competitive pricing actions.

The cancellation or deferral of customer purchase orders could result in our holding excess inventory, which could adversely affect
our gross margins. In addition, because we often sell a substantial portion of our products in the last month of each quarter, we may not be
able to reduce our inventory purchases in a timely manner in response to customer cancellations or deferrals. We could be required to write-
down our inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value, and we could experience a reduction in average selling prices if we incorrectly
forecast product demand, any of which could harm our financial results.

Conversely, if we underestimate our customers’ demand for our products, our partners may not have adequate lead-time or capacity
to increase production and we may not be able to obtain sufficient inventory to fill customers’ orders on a timely basis. We may also face
supply constraints caused by natural disasters or other factors as discussed in this “Risk Factors” section. In such cases, even if we are able
to increase production levels to meet customer demand, we may not be able to do so in a cost-effective or timely manner. If we fail to fulfill
our customers’ orders on a timely basis, or at all, our customer relationships could be damaged, we could lose revenue and market share
and our reputation could be damaged.

28

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  may  continue  to  have,  a  significant  adverse  impact  on  our  commercial  operations

and also exposes our business to other risks.

In  late  2019,  a  novel  strain  of  coronavirus  (COVID-19)  was  reported  to  have  surfaced  in  Wuhan,  China,  and  spread  globally.  In
March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  global  pandemic.  The  COVID-19  outbreak  resulted  in  government
authorities around the world implementing numerous measures to try to reduce the spread of COVID-19, such as travel bans and restrictions,
quarantines,  shelter-in-place,  stay-at-home  or  total  lock-down  (or  similar)  orders  and  business  limitations  and  shutdowns.  New  cases  and
hospitalizations have risen and fallen throughout the course of this pandemic. More recently, the emergence and spread of new variants of
COVID-19  that  are  significantly  more  contagious  than  previous  strains  initially  led  many  government  authorities  and  businesses  to
reimplement prior restrictions in an effort to lessen the spread of COVID-19 and its variants. While most of these restrictions have been lifted,
uncertainty remains as to whether additional restrictions may be initiated or again reimplemented in response to surges in COVID-19 cases.
The lingering impact of the COVID pandemic continues to create significant volatility throughout the global economy, including supply chain
constraints, labor supply issues and higher inflation. Accordingly, it is unclear at this point the full impact COVID-19 and its variants will have
on the global economy and on our Company.

The COVID-19 pandemic, containment measures, and downstream impacts to hospital staffing and financial stability have caused,
and are continuing to cause, business slowdowns in affected areas, both regionally and worldwide, as well as disruptions to global supply
chains  and  workforce  participation.  These  effects  have  significantly  impacted  our  business  and  results  of  operations,  starting  in  the  first
quarter  of  2020  and  continuing  through  2022,  albeit  to  a  lesser  degree.  For  example,  we  have  experienced  diminished  access  to  our
customers,  including  hospitals,  which  has  severely  limited  our  ability  to  sell  and,  to  a  lesser  degree,  implement  previously  contracted
Accelerate  Pheno  systems.  More  recently,  hospital  turnover  resulting  from  burnout  and  financial  challenges  driven  by  inflation  and  other
factors  have  further  diverted  the  attention  of  hospital  decision  makers.  In  addition,  in  certain  months  with  high  rates  of  COVID-19
hospitalization, our Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit orders declined as many hospitals curtailed elective surgeries to respond to COVID-19. The
emergence of COVID-19 variants, vaccine hesitancy and the prevalence of breakthrough cases of infection among fully vaccinated people
adds  additional  uncertainty  regarding  our  access  to  customers  and  prospects,  demand  for  our  products,  and  ability  to  implement  our
products.  See  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations-COVID-19  and  Supply  Chain
Impacts Update” in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K for additional information.

In  addition  to  the  negative  impact  on  new  sales  and  implementations  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  demand  for  our
consumable test kits, our business, operations, and workforce have been and may be further impacted in several ways, including, but not
limited to, the following:

•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•

•

delays in product development or reductions in manufacturing production as a result of inventory and supply chain shortages;
increased supplier costs caused by ongoing shortages and inflation in materials used in our products;

interruptions, availability or delays in global shipping to transport our products;
regulatory approval delays due to regulators reviewing a large volume of COVID-19 related medical devices and drugs;
delays  in  obtaining  grants  to  assist  our  product  development  efforts  because  granting  agencies  are  primarily  focused  on  research
and development activities directly related to COVID-19;
increased regulatory restrictions or continued market volatility could hinder our ability to execute strategic business activities, as well
as negatively impact our stock price;
significant disruption of global financial markets, which could cause fluctuations in currency exchange rates or negatively impact our
ability to access capital markets;
inability to access capital markets on terms that are not significantly detrimental to our business because our revenue growth rate
has slowed due to our inability to sell and implement the Accelerate Pheno system as forecasted prior to the pandemic at a stage in
our maturation when we are cash flow negative and have significant indebtedness;
negative impact on our workforce productivity, product development, and research and development due to difficulties resulting from
our personnel working remotely;

29

•
•

increased employee attrition caused by employees seeking permanent remote positions or other pandemic related reasons; and
illnesses to key employees, or a significant portion of our workforce, which may result in inefficiencies, delays, and disruptions in our
business.

Any of these developments may adversely affect our business, harm our reputation, or result in legal or regulatory actions against us.

Further,  the  spread  of  COVID-19  has  caused  us  to  modify  our  business  practices  (including  employee  travel,  employee  work
locations,  and  cancellation  of  physical  participation  in  meetings,  events  and  conferences),  and  we  may  take  further  actions  as  may  be
required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, suppliers, business partners
and  others.  There  is  no  certainty  that  such  measures  will  be  sufficient  to  mitigate  the  risks  posed  by  the  virus,  and  our  ability  to  perform
critical functions could be harmed.

The potential direct and indirect effects of COVID-19 also may impact many of our other risk factors discussed herein. The degree to
which the COVID-19 pandemic ultimately impacts our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position will depend on future
developments, which are highly uncertain, continuously evolving and cannot be predicted. This includes, but not limited to, the duration and
spread of the pandemic and its severity; the emergence and severity of its variants, including the Omicron variant and its subvariants; the
actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, such as the availability and efficacy of vaccines (particularly with respect to emerging strains of
the  virus)  and  potential  hesitancy  to  use  them;  the  financial  impact  of  COVID-19  on  hospitals,  including  to  their  budget  priorities;  hospital
staffing issues; general economic factors, such as increased inflation; global supply chain constraints and the related increase in costs; labor
supply issues; and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume.

Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, consumable goods or other key product components, or issues associated with

their quality from our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability.

We  must  manufacture  or  engage  third  parties  to  manufacture  components  of  our  products  in  sufficient  quantities  and  on  a  timely
basis, while maintaining product quality, acceptable manufacturing costs and complying with regulatory requirements. Our components are
custom-made  by  only  a  few  outside  suppliers.  In  certain  instances,  we  have  a  sole  source  supply  for  key  product  components  of  the
Accelerate Pheno system. We may be unable to satisfy our forecast demand from existing suppliers for our products, or we may be unable to
find alternative suppliers for key product components or ancillary items at reasonably comparable prices. If this occurs, we may be unable to
manufacture our products and/or meet our customers’ needs in a timely manner or at all.

Additionally, we have entered into supply agreements with most of our suppliers to help ensure component availability and flexible
purchasing terms with respect to the purchase of such components. If our suppliers discontinue production of a key component for one or
more of our products, we may be unable to identify or secure a viable alternative on reasonable terms, or at all, which could limit our ability to
manufacture our products. While we may be able to modify our product candidates to utilize a new source of components, we may need to
secure marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance for the modified product, and it could take considerable time and
expense to perform the requisite tasks prior to seeking such authorization.

In determining the required quantities of our products and our manufacturing schedule, we will need to make significant judgments
and  estimates  regarding  factors  such  as  market  trends  and  any  seasonality  with  respect  to  our  sales.  Because  of  the  inherent  nature  of
estimates, there could be significant differences between our estimates and the actual amounts of products that we require. This can result in
shortages if we fail to anticipate demand, or excess inventory and write-offs if we order more than we need.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risk to which we would not be subject if we manufactured these components ourselves,

including:
•
•
•

reliance on third parties for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;
possible breaches of manufacturing agreements by the third parties because of factors beyond our control;
possible regulatory violations or manufacturing problems experienced by our suppliers;

30

•

•
•
•
•
•

possible termination or non-renewal of agreements by third parties, based on their own business priorities, at times that are costly or
inconvenient for us;
the potential obsolescence and/or inability of our suppliers to obtain required components;
the potential delays and expenses of seeking alternate sources of supply or manufacturing services;
the inability to qualify alternate sources without impacting performance claims of our products;
reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery due to the difficulties in switching to alternate suppliers or assemblers; and
increases in prices of raw materials and key components.

For example, we are currently experiencing unprecedented cost increases from many of our suppliers, primarily as a result of labor
and supply disruptions and increased inflation. The areas of cost increases include raw materials, components, and value-add supplier labor.
We  currently  have  sufficient  inventory  of  Accelerate  Pheno  system  instruments  to  limit  the  impact  of  cost  increases  on  such  devices.
However, we are being impacted by cost increases to components and raw materials necessary for the production of our consumable test
kits. Our kits require these components and raw materials, and many of our supply contracts permit the supplier to pass on certain inflation
increases to us. Moreover, our ability to pass on cost increases to our consumable test kit customers is limited by long-term contractual price
commitments. Prolonged elevated supply costs and further cost increases may further impact our cost to manufacture our Accelerate Pheno
system instruments. The supply cost increases we are experiencing and may experience in the future may materially reduce our gross profit
margins, thereby negatively impact our overall financial results.

The manufacturing operations for our products use highly technical processes involving unique, proprietary techniques. In addition,
the manufacturing equipment we use would be costly to repair or replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. Any
interruption  in  our  operations  or  decrease  in  the  production  capacity  of  our  manufacturing  facility  or  the  facilities  of  any  of  our  suppliers
because  of  equipment  failure,  natural  disasters  such  as  earthquakes,  tornadoes  and  fires,  or  otherwise,  would  limit  our  ability  to  meet
customer demand for our products. In the event of a disruption, we may lose customers and we may be unable to regain those customers
thereafter. Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable
terms, or at all.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and if we are unable to remediate

such material weakness, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022, we identified a material
weakness  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal
control  over  financial  reporting,  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  of  our  annual  or  interim  financial
statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness we identified prevented us from identifying a misclassification of the Notes on our condensed consolidated
balance sheets in our interim financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022, three and six months ended June
30, 2022 and three and nine months ended September 30, 2022. Our internal control structure did not have a control to review the evaluation
of the classification of its outstanding debt instruments in accordance with applicable accounting guidance at each reporting period.

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  remediate  our  existing  or  any  future  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting, or identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we
may  be  unable  to  maintain  compliance  with  securities  law  requirements  regarding  timely  filing  of  periodic  reports  and  applicable  listing
requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and the share price of our common stock may decline as a result. In
addition,  we  could  become  subject  to  investigations  by  Nasdaq,  the  SEC  or  other  regulatory  authorities,  which  could  require  additional
financial and management resources. See “Controls and Procedures - Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” in
Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K for further information on the material weakness identified and our remediation plans.

31

Risks related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to effectively protect our intellectual property, our business would be harmed.

In  addition  to  patent  protection,  we  rely  on  trademark,  copyright,  trade  secret  protection  and  confidentiality  agreements  to  protect
intellectual property rights related to our proprietary technologies, both in the United States and in other countries. If  we  fail  to  protect  our
intellectual  property,  third  parties  may  be  able  to  compete  more  effectively  against  us  and  we  may  incur  substantial  litigation  costs  in  our
attempts  to  recover  or  restrict  use  of  our  intellectual  property.  We  own  22  issued  U.S.  patents  and  five  pending  U.S.  patent  applications,
including provisional and non-provisional filings. We also own 30 non-U.S. patents and have four pending applications. We own 41 registered
marks in the United States and foreign countries. In addition to our patents and trademarks, we possess an array of unpatented proprietary
technology and know-how, and we license intellectual property rights to and from third parties. The strength of patents in our field involves
complex legal and scientific questions. In addition, patent law continuously evolves and might change the legal framework under which our
patent claims would be interpreted and adjudicated in the future. Uncertainty created by these questions and potential legal changes means
that our patents may provide only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive
advantage.  In  addition,  competitors  could  purchase  our  products  and  attempt  by  reverse  engineering  to  replicate  some  or  all  of  the
competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected
technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of the protections provided by our intellectual property rights. If our
intellectual property, including licensed intellectual property, does not adequately protect our market position against competitors’ products
and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

Further, if we are unable to prevent unauthorized disclosure of our non-patented intellectual property, and there is no guarantee that
we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage. In addition,
the  laws  of  some  foreign  countries  do  not  protect  proprietary  rights  to  the  same  extent  or  in  the  same  manner  as  the  laws  of  the  United
States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and
abroad.

We  may  not  be  successful  in  our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications,  and  even  if  such  applications  are

successful, we cannot guarantee that the resulting patents will sufficiently protect our products and proprietary technology.

We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  of  our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications  will  result  in  issued  patents  with  claims  that
adequately cover our products and technologies in the United States or in other foreign countries, and we cannot predict how long it will take
for such patents to be issued. Further, issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship or scope, and there is no guarantee that
our  issued  patents  will  include  claims  that  are  sufficiently  broad  to  cover  our  technologies  or  to  provide  meaningful  protection  from  our
competitors.  Further,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  all  relevant  prior  art  relating  to  our  patents  and  patent  applications  has  been  identified.
Accordingly, there may be prior art that can invalidate our issued patents or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application,
or will preclude our ability to obtain patent claims that have a scope broad enough to provide meaningful protection from our competitors.

Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our products and technologies, we cannot assure you that other
parties will not challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such issued patents in the United States and in foreign countries, including by
proceedings such as reexamination, inter-partes review, interference, opposition, or other patent office or court proceedings. The strength of
patents in our field involves complex legal and scientific questions. Moreover, we cannot assure you that if such patents were challenged in
court or before a regulatory agency that the patent claims will be held valid, enforceable, to be sufficiently broad to cover our technologies or
to provide meaningful protection from our competitors. Nor can we assure you that the court or agency will uphold our ownership rights in
such  patents.  Accordingly,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  be  successful  in  defending  challenges  made  against  our  patents  and  patent
applications. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, or narrowing
of  claim  scope,  such  that  we  could  be  deprived  of  patent  protection  necessary  for  the  successful  commercialization  of  our  products  and
technologies, which could adversely affect our business.

32

Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our inventions, provide
exclusivity for our products and technologies or prevent others from designing around our claims. Others may independently develop similar
or  alternative  products  and  technologies  or  duplicate  any  of  our  products  and  technologies.  These  products  and  technologies  may  not  be
covered by claims of issued patents for which we are the right holder. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition
from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

Further,  if  we  encounter  delays  in  regulatory  approvals,  the  period  of  time  during  which  we  could  market  a  product  under  patent
protection could be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after
filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions covered by our pending patent
applications, or that we were the first to file any patent application related to a product candidate. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such
patent applications, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by a third party to determine who was the first to invent
any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States,
the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and
the protection it affords, is limited.

We  may  become  involved  in  lawsuits  to  protect  or  enforce  our  patents  or  other  intellectual  property,  which  could  be

expensive and time consuming.

Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property, including our existing patents and patent claims that may be
allowed in the future. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. Further,
we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect
those rights as fully as in the United States.

If  we  file  an  infringement  action  against  a  third  party,  that  party  may  challenge  the  scope,  validity  or  enforceability  of  our  patents,
requiring  us  to  engage  in  complex,  lengthy  and  costly  litigation  or  other  proceedings.  Such  litigation  and  administrative  proceedings  could
result in revocation of our patents or amendment of our patent claims such that they no longer cover our product candidates. They may also
put  our  pending  patent  applications  at  risk  of  not  issuing  or  issuing  with  limited  and  potentially  inadequate  scope  to  cover  our  product
candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable.

Enforcing our intellectual property rights through litigation is very expensive and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be
able  to  sustain  the  costs  of  litigation  more  effectively  than  we  can  because  of  greater  financial  resources.  Patent  litigation  and  other
proceedings  may  also  absorb  significant  management  time  and  reduce  employee  productivity.  Furthermore,  because  of  the  substantial
amount of discovery required in connection with U.S. intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of
our  confidential  information  could  be  compromised  by  disclosure.  The  occurrence  of  any  of  the  foregoing  could  have  a  material  adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We could face claims that our proprietary technologies infringe on the intellectual property rights of others.

Due to the significant number of U.S. and foreign patents issued to, and other intellectual property rights owned by, entities operating
in the industry in which we operate, we believe that there is a risk of litigation arising from allegations of infringement of these patents and
other rights. Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us or our licensees.

In addition, patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after the
earliest filing date for which a benefit is claimed. For this reason, and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual
discoveries, despite our best efforts we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our issued
patents or our pending applications or that we were the first to invent the technology. Another party may have filed or may in the future file
patent  applications  covering  our  products  or  technology  similar  to  ours.  If  another  party  has  filed  a  U.S.  patent  application  on  inventions
similar  to  ours,  we  may  have  to  participate  in  an  interference  proceeding  declared  by  the  U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  to  determine
priority of invention in the United States. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be
unsuccessful if the other party had

33

independently arrived at the same or similar invention prior to our own invention, resulting in a loss of our U.S. patent position with respect to
such inventions.

We  may  have  to  pay  substantial  damages,  including  treble  damages,  for  past  infringement  if  it  is  ultimately  determined  that  our
products  infringe  on  a  third  party’s  proprietary  rights.  In  addition,  even  if  such  claims  are  without  merit,  defending  a  lawsuit  may  result  in
substantial expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. We may also be subject to significant damages
or injunctions against development and sale of some of our products. Furthermore, claims of intellectual property infringement may require us
to enter into royalty or license agreements with third parties, and we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on commercially
acceptable terms, if at all.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees have misappropriated their intellectual property,

or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our
competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of
others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including
trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these
claims.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual
property  in  the  performance  of  their  work  to  execute  agreements  assigning  such  intellectual  property  to  us,  we  may  be  unsuccessful  in
executing  an  enforceable  agreement  with  each  party  who  in  fact  develops  intellectual  property  that  we  regard  as  our  own.  Relevant
assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend
claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual
property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial
costs and be a distraction to management.

Risks Related to Our Research and Development Activities

We  have  a  single  research  and  development  facility  and  we  may  be  unable  to  continue  to  conduct  our  research  and
development  activities  if  we  lose  this  facility.  If  our  facility  or  our  equipment  were  damaged  or  destroyed,  or  if  we  experience  a
significant disruption in our operations for any reason, our ability to continue to operate our business could be materially harmed.

We  currently  conduct  all  of  our  research  and  development  and  product  development  activities  in  our  existing  facility  in  Tucson,
Arizona. If this facility were to be damaged, destroyed or otherwise unable to operate, whether due to fire, floods, storms, tornadoes, other
natural  disasters,  employee  malfeasance,  terrorist  acts,  power  outages  or  otherwise,  or  if  our  business  is  disrupted  for  any  other  reason,
including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may not be able to continue the development of future products or test our products as
promptly as our potential customers expect, or possibly not at all, and we would have no other means of conducting such activities until we
were able to restore such capabilities at the current facility or develop an alternative facility. Further, in such an event, we may lose revenue
and significant time during which we might otherwise have conducted research and development and product development activities and, we
may not be able to maintain our relationships with our licensees or customers.

The  manufacture  of  components  of  our  products  involves  complex  processes,  sophisticated  equipment  and  strict  adherence  to
specifications  and  quality  systems  procedures.  Any  unforeseen  manufacturing  problems,  such  as  contamination  of  our  facility,  equipment
malfunction  or  failure  to  strictly  follow  procedures  or  meet  specifications,  could  result  in  delays  or  shortfalls  in  production  of  our  products.
Identifying and resolving the cause of any manufacturing issues could require substantial time and resources. If we are unable to keep up
with future demand for our products by successfully manufacturing and shipping our products in a timely manner, our revenue growth could
be impaired and market acceptance of our product candidates could be adversely affected.

While we carry a nominal amount of business interruption insurance to cover lost revenue and profits, this insurance does not cover

all possible situations. If we have underestimated our insurance needs with respect to an

34

interruption, or if an interruption is not subject to coverage under our insurance policies, we may not be able to cover our losses. In addition,
our business interruption insurance would not compensate us for the loss of opportunity and potential adverse impact on relations with our
licensees or customers.

We  use  hazardous  materials  in  some  of  our  research,  development  and  manufacturing  processes  and  face  the

accompanying risks and regulations governing environmental safety.

Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations that
both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. In particular, our research activities sometimes involve the controlled use of
various hazardous materials. Although  we  believe  that  our  safety  procedures  for  handling  and  disposing  of  such  materials  are  in  material
compliance with the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials
cannot be completely eliminated, and we may not be in compliance with these regulations. In addition, existing laws and regulations may also
be revised or reinterpreted, or new laws and regulations may become applicable to us, whether retroactively or prospectively, causing us to
incur additional compliance costs and/or change the manner in which we operate. We could be held liable for any damages that might result
from any accident or release involving hazardous materials.

We  have  made  and  intend  to  make  significant  additional  investments  in  research  and  development,  but  there  is  no

guarantee that any of these investments will ultimately result in commercial products that will generate revenues.

The Accelerate Pheno system integrates several of our component products, systems and processes. We have dedicated significant
resources  on  research  and  development  activities  into  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  the  Accelerate  Arc  system  and  a  next  generation
Pheno system, and we intend to spend significantly more on research and development activities. Notwithstanding  these  investments,  we
anticipate that we will have to spend additional funds in the research and development of the Accelerate Pheno system, the Accelerate Arc
system,  and  our  next  generation  instrument  platform  and  technologies.  There  can  also  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  develop
additional types of tests and instruments in the future nor whether these will generate revenues.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Legislative and Administrative Action May Have an Adverse Effect on Our Company

Political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the health care industry in the U.S. to fundamental change. We cannot
predict what other legislation relating to our business or to the health care industry may be enacted, including legislation relating to third-party
reimbursement,  or  what  effect  such  legislation  may  have  on  our  business,  prospects,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  We expect
federal  and  state  legislators  to  continue  to  review  and  assess  alternative  health  care  delivery  and  payment  systems,  and  possibly  adopt
legislation  affecting  further  changes  in  the  health  care  delivery  system.  Such  laws  may  contain  provisions  that  may  change  the  operating
environment for hospitals and managed care organizations. Health  care  industry  participants  may  react  to  such  legislation  by  curtailing  or
deferring expenditures and initiatives, including those relating to our products. Future legislation could result in modifications to the existing
public and private health care insurance systems that would have a material adverse effect on the reimbursement policies discussed above.
If  enacted  and  implemented,  any  measures  to  restrict  health  care  spending  could  result  in  decreased  revenue  from  our  products  and
decrease potential returns from our research and development initiatives. Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully neutralize any
lobbying efforts against any initiatives we may have with governmental agencies.

We  and  our  suppliers,  contract  manufacturers  and  customers  are  subject  to  various  governmental  laws  and  regulations,
and  we  may  incur  significant  expenses  to  comply  with,  and  experience  delays  in  our  product  commercialization  as  a  result  of,
these laws and regulations.

Our operations are affected by various state, federal, and international healthcare, environmental, anti-corruption, fraud and abuse
(including anti-kickback and false claims laws), privacy, and employment laws as well as international political sanctions. Violations of these
laws  and  sanctions  can  result  in  criminal  or  civil  penalties,  including  substantial  fines  and,  in  some  cases,  exclusion  from  participation  in
federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. In some cases, the violation of such laws could potentially lead to individual
liability and imprisonment.

35

We  are  also  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  the  FDA  pursuant  to  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  by  comparable
agencies in foreign countries and by other regulatory agencies and governing bodies. Following the introduction of a product, these and other
government  agencies  will  periodically  review  our  manufacturing  processes,  product  performance  and  compliance  with  applicable
requirements.

We  are  also  subject  to  various  U.S.  healthcare  related  laws  regulating  sales,  contracting,  marketing,  and  other  business

arrangements and the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information. These include but are not limited to:

•

•

•

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving any
remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  exchange  for  or  to  induce  the  referral  of  an  individual,  or  the  purchasing,  leasing,  ordering,
recommending, furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program,
such as Medicare or Medicaid.
The federal Stark law, which prohibits physicians from referring patients to receive “designated health services” payable by Medicare
or Medicaid from entities with which the physician or an immediate family member has a financial relationship, unless an exception
applies. Financial relationships include both ownership/investment interests and compensation arrangements.
The  Eliminating  Kickbacks  in  Recovery  Act,  which  makes  it  a  federal  crime  to  knowingly  and  willfully  solicit  or  receive  any
remuneration  in  return  for  referring  a  patient  to  a  recovery  home,  clinical  treatment  facility,  or  laboratory,  or  pay  or  offer  any
remuneration  to  induce  such  a  referral  or  in  exchange  for  an  individual  using  the  services  of  a  recovery  home,  clinical  treatment
facility, or laboratory.

• HIPAA, prohibits knowingly and willfully (i) executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payers,
or  (ii)  falsifying,  concealing  or  covering  up  a  material  fact  or  making  any  materially  false,  fictitious  or  fraudulent  statement  in
connection with the delivery of or payment for items or services under a health care benefit program.

•

• HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, which also restricts the use
and disclosure of protected health information, mandates the adoption of standards relating to the privacy and security of protected
health  information,  and  requires  us  to  report  certain  security  breaches  to  health  care  provider  customers  with  respect  to  such
information where we are acting as a HIPAA business associate to that customer.
The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires manufacturers of certain medical devices to track payments or other
transfers  of  value  given  to  U.S.  licensed  physicians  or  teaching  hospitals  and  to  report  this  data  to  CMS  annually  for  subsequent
public disclosure.
The federal False Claims Act, which imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes
to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims
Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false
claim to the federal government and to share in any monetary recovery.

•

Similar requirements have been adopted by many states and foreign countries. Violations of any of these laws can lead to additional
legal risk such as risk of plaintiff class actions, state Attorney General actions, and investigations by the Federal Trade Commission, among
others.

Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  requirements,  or  later  discovery  of  previously  unknown  problems  with  our  products  or
manufacturing  processes,  including  our  failure  or  the  failure  of  one  of  our  contract  manufacturers  to  take  satisfactory  corrective  action  in
response to an adverse inspection, can result in, among other things:

administrative or judicially imposed sanctions;
injunctions or the imposition of civil penalties;
recall or seizure of our products;
reportable events;
total or partial suspension of production or distribution;

•
•
•
•
•
• withdrawal or suspension of marketing clearances or approvals;
•
clinical holds;
• warning letters;
•
•
•

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;
criminal prosecution; and
exclusion or debarment from participation in federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.

36

Any of these actions, in combination or alone, could prevent us from marketing, distributing and selling our products.

In  addition,  we  have  developed  and  configured,  and  we  intend  to  market  our  products  to  meet  customer  needs  created  by  these
various  regulations.  Any  significant  change  in  these  regulations  could  reduce  demand  for  our  products.  Governmental agencies may also
impose new requirements regarding registration, labeling or prohibited materials that may require us to modify or re-register products already
on  the  market  or  otherwise  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  market  our  products.  If  materials  used  in  our  products  become  unavailable
because of new governmental regulations, substitute materials may be less effective and may require significant cost to incorporate in our
product.

In addition, a product defect or regulatory violation could lead to a government-mandated or voluntary recall by us. We believe that
the  FDA  would  request  that  we  initiate  a  voluntary  recall  if  a  product  was  defective  or  presented  a  risk  of  injury  or  gross  deception.
Regulatory  agencies  in  other  countries  have  similar  authority  to  recall  devices  because  of  material  deficiencies  or  defects  in  design  or
manufacture that could endanger health. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our
shares of common stock to decline, expose us to product liability or other claims (including contractual claims from parties to whom we sold
products) and harm our reputation with customers.

The use of our diagnostic products by our customers is also affected by the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (“CLIA”)
and related federal and state regulations that provide for regulation of laboratory testing. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and reliability
of  clinical  laboratories  in  the  United  States  by  mandating  specific  standards  in  the  areas  of  personnel  qualifications,  administration,
participation  in  proficiency  testing,  patient  test  management,  quality  assurance,  quality  control  and  inspections.  Current  or  future  CLIA
requirements or the promulgation of additional regulations affecting laboratory testing may prevent some laboratories, hospitals, providers or
other customers with laboratories from using some or all of our diagnostic products.

Maintaining  adequate  sales  of  our  product  may  depend  on  the  availability  of  adequate  reimbursement  to  our  customers
from  third-party  payers,  including  government  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  private  insurance  plans,  and  managed
care programs.

Maintaining and growing sales of our product, if approved, may depend in part on the availability of adequate reimbursement to our
customers from third-party payers, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed
care programs. Hospitals, clinical laboratories and other healthcare provider customers that may purchase our products generally bill various
third-party payers to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with diagnostic tests, including the cost of the purchase of our
products. We currently expect that all of our diagnostic tests will be performed in a hospital inpatient setting, where governmental payers,
such  as  Medicare,  generally  reimburse  hospitals  a  single  bundled  payment  that  is  based  on  the  patient’s  diagnosis  under  a  classification
system known as the Medicare severity diagnosis-related groups (MS-DRGs) classification for all items and services provided to the patient
during  a  single  hospitalization,  regardless  of  whether  our  diagnostic  tests  are  performed  during  such  hospitalization.  As  a  result,  our
customers’ access to adequate payment by government and private insurance plans is central to the acceptance of our products. We may be
unable to sell our products, if approved, on a profitable basis if third-party payers reduce their current levels of payment or if our costs of
production increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels.

Additionally, third-party payers are increasingly reducing reimbursement for medical products and services. In addition, the U.S. government,
state legislatures, and foreign governments have and may continue to implement cost-containment measures and more restrictive policies,
including  price  controls  and  restrictions  on  reimbursement.  For  example,  the  Budget  Control  Act  of  2011  (the  “Budget  Control  Act”)
established  a  process  to  reduce  federal  budget  deficits  through  an  automatic  “sequestration”  process  if  deficit  reductions  targets  are  not
otherwise reached. Under the terms of the Budget Control Act, sequestration imposes cuts to a wide range of federal programs, including
Medicare, which is subject to a two percent cut. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 extended the two percent sequestration cut for Medicare
through fiscal year 2023, and a bill signed by President Obama on February 15, 2014 further extended this cut for an additional year, through
fiscal year 2024. The  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  (CARES)  Act,  signed  into  law  in  March  2020,  included  critical  relief
from sequestration cuts as it applies to Medicare payments, exempting Medicare from the effects of sequestration from May 1, 2020, through
Dec. 31, 2020. The moratorium was extended until April 1, 2022. Cuts of 1% were imposed from April 1 through June 30, 2022. As of July 1,
2022, cuts of two percent were reimposed.

37

While  we  cannot  predict  whether  third-party  reimbursement  to  our  customers  will  be  adequate,  cost-containment  measures  and
similar efforts by third-party payers, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, could substantially impact the sales of
our products and potentially limit our net revenue and results.

We  may  be  adversely  affected  by  healthcare  policy  changes,  including  additional  healthcare  reform  and  changes  in

managed healthcare.

Healthcare reform and the growth of managed care organizations have been considerable forces in the medical diagnostics industry
and  in  recent  political  discussions.  These  forces  have  placed,  and  are  expected  to  continue  to  place,  constraints  on  the  levels  of  overall
pricing  for  healthcare  products  and  services  as  well  as  the  coverage  available  by  public  and  private  insurance  and  thus,  could  have  a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  future  profit  margins  of  our  products  or  the  amounts  that  we  are  able  to  receive  from  third  parties  for  the
licensing of our products. Changes  in  the  United  States  healthcare  market  could  also  force  us  to  alter  our  approach  to  selling,  marketing,
distributing and servicing our products and customer base. In and outside the United States, changes to government reimbursement policies
could reduce the funding that healthcare service providers have available for diagnostic product expenditures, which could have a material
adverse impact on the use of the products we are developing and our future sales, license and royalty fees and profit margin.

For example, the ACA requires CMS to reduce payments to hospitals reimbursed under Medicare’s Inpatient Prospective Payment
System (“IPPS”) that have excess readmissions. This and other applicable requirements set forth under the ACA and its current and future
implementing  regulations  may  significantly  increase  our  costs,  and/or  reduce  our  customer’s  ability  to  obtain  adequate  reimbursement  for
tests  performed  with  our  products,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  financial  condition.  In  addition  to  direct  impacts  from
reimbursement cuts, sales of our products could be negatively impacted if reimbursement cuts reduce microbiology budgets. While the ACA
is intended to expand health insurance coverage to uninsured persons in the United States, other elements of this legislation that are still
being  developed  and  refined,  such  as  Medicare  provisions  aimed  at  improving  quality  and  decreasing  costs,  comparative  effectiveness
research,  an  independent  payment  advisory  board,  and  pilot  programs  to  evaluate  alternative  payment  methodologies,  make  it  difficult  to
determine the overall impact on sales of our products. In addition to uncertainty regarding the impact of implementation of the ACA, there are
some continued legal challenges to the ACA that, if successful, could call into question the legitimacy of the ACA and its future applicability.

In  recent  years,  other  legislative,  regulatory,  and  political  changes  aimed  at  regulating  healthcare  delivery  in  general  and  clinical
laboratory  tests  in  particular  have  been  proposed  and  adopted  in  the  United  States.  Reimbursement  for  the  laboratory  industry  is  under
significant  pressure.  In  January  2015,  HHS  announced  a  plan  to  shift  the  Medicare  program  and  the  healthcare  system  at  large,  toward
paying providers based on quality, rather than the quantity of care provided to patients. In 2017, Medicare’s clinical laboratory reimbursement
system became tied to private market rates with the start of the effective period for the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (“PAMA”),
changing  the  payment  environment  for  clinical  laboratory  tests.  The  measures  implemented  by  PAMA  and  ACA  regulations  can  result  in
reduced prices, added costs, and decreased test utilization for our customers, although the full impact on our business of the ACA, changes
to the IPPS, PAMA, and other applicable laws, regulations, and policies is uncertain.

We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of the
United States in which we may do business, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation will have on our industry generally, our ability
to successfully commercialize our products, and our overall business operations. Continued changes in healthcare policy could substantially
impact  the  sales  of  our  tests,  increase  costs  and  divert  management’s  attention  from  our  business.  For  example,  any  expansion  in  the
government’s  regulation  of  the  United  States  healthcare  system  could  result  in  decreased  profits  to  us,  lower  reimbursements  to  our
customers for laboratory testing or reduced medical procedure volumes. Additionally, CMS has created a number of waivers that impact the
provision  and  reimbursement  of  healthcare  services  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  Public  Health  Emergency  (“PHE”).  It  is  not  clear  to  the
extent these waivers will remain in effect once the PHE has ended. We cannot predict the impact that the extension or termination of these
waivers may have on our business.

38

The  regulatory  processes  applicable  to  our  products  and  operations  are  expensive,  time-consuming,  and  uncertain  and

may prevent us from obtaining required approvals for the commercialization of our products.

Our products are regulated as medical device products by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries. In particular, FDA
regulations  govern  activities  such  as  product  development,  product  testing,  product  labeling,  product  storage,  premarket  clearance  or
approval, manufacturing, advertising, promotion, product sales, reporting of certain product failures and distribution. Some of our products,
depending on their intended use, will require approval of a premarket approval application (“PMA”) or clearance of a 510(k) notification from
the FDA prior to marketing. The FDA has committed to review most 510(k) decisions within 90 days, but the review may be delayed due to
requests for additional information. A decision may take significantly longer, and clearance is never assured. The PMA process is much more
costly, lengthy and uncertain. The FDA has committed to review most PMAs within 180 days where an advisory panel is not required and
within 320 days where an advisory panel is required, but the review may be delayed due to requests for additional information. A decision
may  take  significantly  longer,  and  approval  is  never  assured.  In  the  510(k)  clearance  process,  the  FDA  must  determine  that  a  proposed
device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology
and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial
equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive
data, including technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are
deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. However, some devices are automatically
subject to the PMA pathway regardless of the level of risk they pose, because they have not previously been classified into a lower risk class
by the FDA. Manufacturers  of  these  devices  may  request  that  the  FDA  review  such  devices  in  accordance  with  the  de  novo classification
procedure,  which  allows  a  manufacturer  whose  novel  device  would  otherwise  require  the  submission  and  approval  of  a  PMA  prior  to
marketing to request down-classification of the device on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk. If the FDA agrees with the
down-classification,  the  applicant  will  then  receive  authorization  to  market  the  device.  This  device  type  can  then  be  used  as  a  predicate
device for future 510(k) submissions.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

• we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our product candidates are safe and effective, sensitive and specific

diagnostic tests, for their intended users;
the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we or our contract manufacturers use may not meet applicable requirements.

•
•

With  respect  to  those  future  products  where  a  PMA  is  not  required,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  510(k)
clearances  with  respect  to  those  products.  The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals,  or  completing  the  de  novo
classification process, to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain pre-
market reviews on a timely basis, if at all. Further, even if we were to obtain regulatory clearance, it may not be for the uses we believe are
important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

On  October  21,  2022,  the  Company  announced  it  has  been  in  recent  discussions  with  the  FDA  regarding  its  Accelerate  Arc
Products.  Pursuant  to  such  discussions,  the  FDA  has  clarified  that  the  Company  must  obtain  a  510(k)  clearance  in  order  to  continue
marketing and distributing the Accelerate Arc Products in the United States. The Company had been listing the Accelerate Arc Products as a
Class  I  device  exempt  from  510(k)  clearance  requirements.  Additionally,  the  FDA  requested  that  the  Company  promptly  take  certain
corrective  actions,  including,  among  other  things,  (i)  discontinuing  the  U.S.  marketing  and  distribution  of  the  Accelerate  Arc  Products  for
positive blood culture processing and subsequent identification by mass spectrometry for diagnostic use; (ii) removing and/or correcting all
U.S.  promotional  information  within  the  Company’s  control  (e.g.,  website,  labeling,  social  media,  sales  associate  information,  or  other
promotional material) regarding the diagnostic use of the Accelerate Arc Products as Class I devices or as devices intended as positive blood
culture processing devices for subsequent identification of microorganisms by mass spectrometry; and (iii) revising/removing the Company’s
registration and listing of the Accelerate Arc Products as Class I devices. The Company intends to continue to fully cooperate with the FDA,
including promptly taking the corrective actions requested by the FDA. On October 21, 2022, the Company also submitted a pre-submission
package  to  the  FDA,  which  is  intended  to  obtain  FDA  feedback  regarding  the  Company’s  contemplated  submission  of  an  application  for
510(k) clearance for the Accelerate Arc

39

Products. The Company cannot, however, give any assurances that FDA will be satisfied with the Company’s actions taken in response to
the matters raised by the FDA in its discussions. The Company also cannot give any assurances as to the timing of the FDA’s response to
the  Company’s  pre-submission  package  or  whether  the  Company  will  be  successful  in  obtaining  510(k)  clearance  for  the  Accelerate  Arc
Products.

Clinical  trial  data  is  typically  required  to  support  a  PMA  and  is  sometimes  required  for  a  510(k)  pre-market  notification.  Although
many 510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires clinical data to support substantial
equivalence. Clinical  trials  are  expensive  and  time-consuming.  In  addition,  the  commencement  or  completion  of  any  clinical  trials  may  be
delayed or halted for any number of reasons, including product performance, changes in intended use, changes in medical practice and the
opinion of evaluator Institutional Review Boards.

Additionally,  since  2009,  the  FDA  has  significantly  increased  the  scrutiny  applied  to  its  oversight  of  companies  subject  to  its
regulations by hiring new investigators and increasing inspections of manufacturing facilities. The FDA has also undertaken initiatives related
to enhancement of the 510(k) review process and has proposed significant changes to the regulation of laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”).
We  continue  to  monitor  these  developments  and  analyze  how  they  will  impact  the  approval  of  our  products.  These  and  other  actions
proposed  by  the  FDA’s  Center  for  Devices  and  Radiological  Health  could  result  in  significant  changes  to  the  510(k)  process,  which  could
complicate the product approval process, although we cannot predict the effect of such changes and cannot ascertain if such changes will
have a substantive impact on the approval of our products. If we fail to adequately respond to the increased scrutiny and streamlined 510(k)
submission process, our business may be adversely impacted.

Failure  to  comply  with  the  applicable  requirements  can  result  in,  among  other  things,  warning  letters,  administrative  or  judicially
imposed sanctions such as injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal to grant
premarket clearance or PMA for devices, withdrawal of marketing clearances or approvals, or criminal prosecution. With regard to products
for which we seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval from the FDA, any failure or material delay to obtain such clearance or approval could
harm our business. If  the  FDA  were  to  disagree  with  our  regulatory  assessment  and  conclude  that  approval  or  clearance  is  necessary  to
market the products, we could be forced to cease marketing the products and seek approval or clearance. Once clearance or approval has
been obtained for a product, there is an obligation to ensure that all applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to be met.

In addition, it is possible that the current regulatory framework could change or additional regulations could arise at any stage during
our product development or marketing, which may adversely affect our ability to obtain or maintain approval of our products. For example, in
response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway,
the  FDA  initiated  an  evaluation  of  the  program,  and  in  January  2011,  announced  several  proposed  actions  intended  to  reform  the  review
process governing the clearance of medical devices. The FDA undertook these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of
the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act,
Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several
“Medical  Device  Regulatory  Improvements”  and  miscellaneous  reforms  that  are  further  intended  to  clarify  and  improve  medical  device
regulation both pre- and post-approval. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our product candidates could
prevent  us  from  generating  revenue  from  these  product  candidates.  Additionally,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authorities  have  broad
enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could affect the perceived safety and efficacy of
our product candidates and dissuade our customers from using our product candidates, if and when they are authorized for marketing.

Our manufacturing facility located in Tucson, Arizona, where we assemble and produce our products, may be subject to regulatory
inspections by the FDA and other federal and state and foreign regulatory agencies. For example, this facility is subject to Quality System
Regulations (“QSR”) of the FDA and is subject to annual inspection and licensing by the State of Arizona. If we fail to maintain this facility in
accordance with the QSR requirements, international quality standards or other regulatory requirements, our manufacturing process could be
suspended or terminated, which would prevent us from being able to provide products to our customers in a timely fashion.

40

Sales of our diagnostic product candidates outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical
studies, vigilance reporting, marketing approval, manufacturing, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement. These regulatory requirements
vary greatly from country to country. As a result, the time required to obtain approvals outside the United States may differ from that required
to obtain FDA marketing authorization from the FDA, and we may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at
all. Marketing authorization from the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign
regulatory  authority  does  not  ensure  clearance  or  approval  by  regulatory  authorities  in  other  countries  or  by  the  FDA.  Foreign  regulatory
authorities  could  require  additional  testing.  Failure  to  comply  with  foreign  regulatory  requirements,  or  to  obtain  required  clearances  or
approvals, could impair our ability to commercialize our diagnostic product candidates outside of the United States.

Global  health  crises,  such  as  the  current  COVID-19  global  pandemic,  may  divert  regulatory  resources  and  attention  away  from
approval  processes  for  our  products.  This  could  materially  lengthen  the  regulatory  approval  process  of  new  products,  which  would  delay
expected commercialization of such new products.

Modifications to our products, if cleared or approved, may require new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals, or may

require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained.

Any modification to a device authorized for marketing that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute
a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA supplement or
new PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s
decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. If the FDA disagrees
with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, PMA supplements or PMAs for modifications to previously cleared
or approved products for which we conclude that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or
to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to any products
for  which  we  obtain  clearance,  either  by  imposing  more  strict  requirements  on  when  a  manufacturer  must  submit  a  new  510(k)  for  a
modification to a previously cleared product, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. The  practical  impact  of  the
FDA’s continuing scrutiny of the 510(k) program remains unclear.

We rely on third parties to conduct studies of our products that may be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities,

and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

We rely on third parties, including medical investigators, to conduct studies on our products. Our reliance on these third parties for
clinical  development  activities  will  reduce  our  control  over  these  activities.  These  third  parties  may  not  complete  activities  on  schedule  or
conduct  studies  in  accordance  with  regulatory  requirements  or  our  study  design.  If applicable, our reliance on third parties that we do not
control  will  not  relieve  us  of  any  applicable  requirement  to  prepare,  and  ensure  compliance  with,  various  procedures  required  under  good
clinical  practices.  If  these  third  parties  do  not  successfully  carry  out  their  contractual  duties  or  regulatory  obligations  or  meet  expected
deadlines, if the third parties need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to
adhere  to  our  clinical  protocols  or  regulatory  requirements  or  for  other  reasons,  our  studies  may  be  extended,  delayed,  suspended  or
terminated, and we may not be able to obtain marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance for our products.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our

products that leads to corrective actions, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

The  FDA  and  similar  foreign  governmental  authorities  have  the  authority  to  require  the  recall  of  commercialized  products.
Manufacturers  may,  under  their  own  initiative,  recall  a  product  if  any  material  deficiency  in  a  device  is  found.  A  government-mandated  or
voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing
errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Under the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations, we are required to
report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which

41

our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product
malfunctions  may  result  in  a  voluntary  or  involuntary  product  recall.  Recalls  of  any  of  our  products  would  divert  managerial  and  financial
resources, have an adverse effect on our reputation, and may impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner
in order to meet our customers’ demands. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA
may require, or we may decide that we will need to obtain, new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the
corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if
we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA
warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or
take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences,
which could harm our ability to market our products in the future.

Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications,
or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary,
as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, would require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our
business and may harm our reputation.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our stock price has been volatile and may continue to be volatile and traded on low volumes.

The  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  has  been,  and  is  likely  to  continue  to  be,  highly  volatile.  Factors  that  may  contribute  to

volatility in the price of our common stock include, but are not limited to:

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

difficulties in resolving our continuing financial condition and our ability to obtain additional capital to meet our financial obligations;
low trading volume currently prevailing in the market for our shares;
concentration of our stock with one individual large shareholder who could decide to materially reduce his position;
the substantial current short interest in our stock;
the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows;
adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates;
our success in commercializing our product candidates, if and when approved;
the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or others in our industry;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments or
restructurings;
disputes or other developments with respect to our or others’ intellectual property rights;
product liability claims or other litigation;
quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of others in our industry;
sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers and directors;
changes in senior management or key personnel;
changes in laws or regulations which adversely affect our industry or us;
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and
changes in general market, economic, and political conditions in the U.S., and global economies or financial markets, including those
resulting from natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war (including the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine), other
geopolitical uncertainties, public health concerns (including health epidemics or outbreaks of communicable diseases, such as the
COVID-19 pandemic), and responses to such events.

The  market  value  of  your  investment  in  our  common  stock  may  rise  or  fall  sharply  at  any  time  because  of  this  volatility  and  also
because  of  significant  short  positions  that  may  be  taken  by  investors  from  time  to  time  in  our  common  stock.  During  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022, the sale price for our common stock ranged from $0.51 to $5.15 per share, and during the year ended December 31,
2021, the sale price for our common stock ranged from $4.27 to $15.00 per share. The market prices for securities of medical technology
companies like us historically have been highly volatile, and the market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are
unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.

42

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class-action litigation
has  often  been  instituted  against  that  company.  Any  lawsuit  to  which  we  are  a  party,  with  or  without  merit,  may  result  in  an  unfavorable
judgment. We also may decide to settle lawsuits on unfavorable terms. Any such negative outcome could result in payments of substantial
damages  or  fines,  damage  to  our  reputation  or  adverse  changes  to  our  product  offerings  or  business  practices.  Such  litigation  may  also
cause  us  to  incur  other  substantial  costs  to  defend  such  claims  and  divert  management’s  attention  and  resources.  Furthermore,  negative
public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments could have a negative effect on the
market price of our common stock.

The short interest in our common stock is high, which may lead to further volatility in our stock price.

As of December 31, 2022, the number of shares of our common stock shorted was high as compared to the number of shares in the
public float. A significant concentration of short interest can be a contributing factor resulting in high volatility in our stock price and volume
fluctuations.

The ownership of our common stock is highly concentrated.

As  of  December  31,  2022,  our  directors  and  executive  officers  beneficially  owned  in  the  aggregate,  approximately  34%  of  our
outstanding  common  stock,  including  23%  beneficially  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  our  director,  Jack  Schuler.  As  a  result,  these
stockholders will be able to affect the outcome of, or exert significant influence over, all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the
election and removal of directors and any change in control. In particular, this concentration of ownership of our common stock could have
the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or otherwise discouraging or preventing a potential acquirer from attempting to
obtain  control  of  us.  This,  in  turn,  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock.  It  could  also  prevent  our
stockholders from realizing a premium over the market prices for their shares of common stock. Moreover, the interests of this concentration
of  ownership  may  not  always  coincide  with  our  interests  or  the  interests  of  other  stockholders.  The  concentration  of  ownership  also
contributes to the low trading volume and volatility of our common stock. Certain of our major shareholders hold their shares in certificate
form, further limiting trading volume.

In addition, Jack Schuler holds Secured Notes, which the Company may, at its option, repay in (i) cash or (ii) in the form of common
stock of the Company. Repayment  in  shares  would  likely  increase  Jack  Schuler’s  beneficial  ownership.  Jack  Schuler  also  holds  Warrants
that would also increase his beneficial ownership if exercised.

Future  issuances  or  sales  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  may  depress  the  price  of  our  shares  and  be  dilutive  to  our

existing stockholders.

We cannot predict whether future issuances of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares for resale in the open market
will decrease the market price per share of our common stock. Any sales by us or by our existing stockholders of a substantial number of
shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, may cause the market price of our shares to
decline. The exercise of any outstanding options or warrants, the issuance of future equity awards to retain and incentivize employees, the
conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock or in connection with acquisitions, and any other issuances of our common stock could have an
adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our common stock.

To the extent that we raise additional funds through the issuance and sale of equity or convertible debt securities, including shares of
our common stock through our ATM Program, the issuance of such securities will result in dilution to our stockholders. Investors purchasing
shares or other securities in the future may also have rights superior to existing stockholders. In addition, we have a significant number of
options, warrants and restricted stock units outstanding. If the holders of these options, or warrants exercise, or the restricted stock units are
released, our stockholders may incur further dilution.

We may require additional capital in the future, and you may incur dilution to your stock holdings.

We have primarily relied upon capital from the sale of our securities to fund our operations. Although we have now commercialized

the Accelerate Pheno system in the United States, Europe, and certain other regions,

43

there can be no assurance that our commercialization efforts will be successful or that we will not continue to incur operating losses. We may
require additional capital to continue to operate as a going concern in the near-term and may require additional capital in the future to expand
our product offerings, expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, increase our manufacturing capacity, fund our operations, and continue
our research and development activities. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

•

•

our ability to address existing obligations, including our Notes;

our ability to obtain marketing authorization from the FDA or clearance from the FDA to market our product candidates;

• market acceptance of our product candidates, if cleared;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the cost and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

the cost of our research and development activities;

the  ability  of  healthcare  providers  to  obtain  coverage  and  adequate  reimbursement  by  third-party  payers  for  procedures  using  our
products;

the cost and timing of marketing authorization or regulatory clearances;

the cost of goods associated with our product candidates;

the cost of customer disruptions due to supply disruptions;

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies, including entering into licensing or collaboration
arrangements for product candidates.

If we require additional capital, we may attempt to raise it through a variety of strategies, including the issuance and sale of additional
shares of our common stock. Issuances of additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock in the future, whether in connection with
a rights offering, follow-on offering or otherwise, would dilute existing stockholders and may adversely affect the market price of our common
stock.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. Debt financing, if available, may
involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt or additional equity financing that we raise may
contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements
with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not
favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets or delay, reduce the scope of or
eliminate some or all of our product development.

If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may be required to delay additional product development or license
to third parties the rights to commercialize our products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize ourselves. We also
may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our product candidates or cease operations. Any  of  these
factors could harm our operating results.

Provisions  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  and  Delaware  law  may  delay  or  prevent  acquisition  of  our

Company, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
could delay or make it more difficult to remove incumbent directors or for a third party to acquire us, even if a takeover would benefit our
stockholders. For example, our board of directors may fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of
an  increase  in  the  number  of  directors  or  otherwise.  Special  meetings  of  the  stockholders  may  be  called  only  by  the  President,  a  Vice
President, our board of directors or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Additionally, our
board of directors has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, up to 5.0 million shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of
such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights,  if  any,  and  any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof,  of  the  shares  of  such  series.  For  example,  in  September  2021,  we
issued 3,954,546 shares as Series A Preferred Stock as discussed further below. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may have the
effect  of  delaying,  deferring  or  preventing  a  change  in  control  of  our  Company  without  further  action  by  the  stockholders,  even  where
stockholders are offered a premium for their shares. Moreover, we

44

are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in
excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction
in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed
manner.

Our Series A Preferred Stock has rights, preferences, and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to, the rights

of holders of our common stock.

As  of  December  31,  2022,  we  have  designated  3,954,546  shares  as  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  all  of  which  are  outstanding  as  of
such date. The Company’s Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to the payment of dividends, senior to the Company’s common stock
and to any other class of securities it may issue in the future that is specifically designated as junior to the Series A Preferred Stock. The
holders  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends,  out  of  any  assets  at  the  time  legally  available  therefor,  prior  in
preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common stock at the rate of $0.25 per share per annum on each
outstanding  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (as  appropriately  adjusted  for  any  subsequent  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  combinations,
reclassifications  and  the  like),  when,  as  and  if  declared  by  the  Board.  In  the  event  of  a  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding  up  of  the  Company,  the  holders  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  are  entitled  to  participate  with  the  holders  of  the
Company’s  common  stock  or  any  other  junior  securities  then  outstanding,  pro  rata  on  an  as-converted  basis,  in  the  distribution  of  all  the
remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.

Our common stock may be delisted from The Nasdaq Capital Market, which could affect its market price and liquidity.

We  are  required  to  continually  meet  Nasdaq’s  listing  requirements,  including,  among  other  things,  a  minimum  closing  bid  price
requirement  of  $1.00  per  share  for  30  consecutive  business  days.  As  described  in  a  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on
January 11, 2023, on January 5, 2023, we received a deficiency letter from Nasdaq’s Listing Qualifications Department (the “Staff”) notifying
us  that,  for  the  last  30  consecutive  business  days,  the  bid  price  for  our  common  stock  had  closed  below  the  minimum  $1.00  per  share
requirement  for  continued  inclusion  on  The  Nasdaq  Capital  Market  pursuant  to  Nasdaq  Listing  Rule  5550(a)(2)  (the  “Minimum  Bid  Price
Requirement  Rule”).  In  accordance  with  Nasdaq  rules,  we  were  provided  an  initial  period  of  180  calendar  days,  or  until  July  5,  2023  (the
“Compliance Date”), to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement Rule. To regain compliance, the closing bid price for our
common stock must remain above $1.00 for 10 consecutive business days.

If  we  do  not  regain  compliance  with  the  Minimum  Bid  Price  Requirement  by  the  Compliance  Date,  we  may  be  eligible  for  an
additional 180 calendar day compliance period, provided that we meet the continued listing requirement for the market value of publicly held
shares and all other initial listing standards for The Nasdaq Capital Market, with the exception of the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, and
notify  the  Staff  of  our  intention  to  cure  the  deficiency  during  the  additional  compliance  period.  If  we  do  not  regain  compliance  with  the
Minimum Bid Price Requirement by the Compliance Date and are not eligible for an additional compliance period at that time, the Staff will
provide  written  notification  to  us  that  our  common  stock  will  be  subject  to  delisting.  At  that  time,  we  may  appeal  the  Staff’s  delisting
determination  to  a  Nasdaq  Hearing  Panel.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  regain  compliance  with  the  Minimum  Bid  Price
Requirement or otherwise maintain compliance with any of the other Nasdaq listing requirements.

Any delisting of our common stock from The Nasdaq Capital Market could adversely affect our ability to attract new investors, reduce
the liquidity of our outstanding shares of common stock, reduce our ability to raise additional capital, reduce the price at which our common
stock trades, result in negative publicity and increase the transaction costs inherent in trading such shares with overall negative effects for
our  stockholders.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  our  common  stock,  if  delisted  from  The  Nasdaq  Capital  Market,  will  be  listed  on  another
national  securities  exchange  or  quoted  on  an  over-the-counter  quotation  system.  In  addition,  delisting  of  our  common  stock  could  deter
broker-dealers from making a market in or otherwise seeking or generating interest in our common stock and might deter certain institutions
and  persons  from  investing  in  our  securities  at  all.  For  these  reasons  and  others,  delisting  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial
condition and liquidity.

45

Risks Related to our Convertible Senior Notes

We  have  substantial  indebtedness  in  the  form  of  convertible  senior  notes,  which  could  have  important  consequences  to

our business.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness primarily comprised of our 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”).
As  of  December  31,  2022,  we  had  $56.4  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes,  which  matured  and  were  in  forbearance  as  of  the
issuance of our consolidated financial statements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to repay this indebtedness when due, or
that we will be able to refinance this indebtedness on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, this indebtedness could, among other things:

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

heighten our vulnerability to adverse general economic conditions and heightened competitive pressures;
require us to dedicate a larger portion of our cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the availability of cash for other
purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and
impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate
purposes or other purposes;
heighten our vulnerability to adverse general economic conditions and heightened competitive pressures;
require us to dedicate a larger portion of our cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the availability of cash for other
purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and
impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate
purposes or other purposes;
impact our ability to continue as a going concern;
necessitate a restructuring under Chapter 11.

Servicing our debt could require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business

to pay our debt.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes,
depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business
may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures.
If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt
or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on
the  capital  markets  and  our  financial  condition  at  such  time.  We  may  not  be  able  to  engage  in  any  of  these  activities  or  engage  in  these
activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.

Should we refinance the Notes, the ownership interests of existing stockholders could be diluted and our stock price may

be adversely impacted.

A  consensual  or  non-consensual  refinancing  of  the  Notes,  could  result  in  significant  dilution  to  the  ownership  interests  of  existing

stockholders and may depress our stock price.

General Risk Factor

Current macroeconomic conditions and the uncertain economic outlook may remain challenging for the foreseeable future.

Global  economic  conditions  may  remain  challenging  and  uncertain  for  the  foreseeable  future,  including  as  a  result  of  the  ongoing
COVID-19 pandemic, the war between Russia and Ukraine, and disruptions to the banking system due to bank failures, particularly in light of
the  recent  events  that  have  occurred  with  respect  to  Silicon  Valley  Bank  and  Signature  Bank.  This  had  led  to  market  disruptions  and
significant  volatility  in  credit  and  capital  markets.  These  conditions  not  only  limit  our  access  to  capital  but  also  make  it  difficult  for  our
customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and they could cause U.S. and foreign hospitals
and  other  customers  to  slow  spending  on  our  products,  which  would  delay  and  lengthen  sales  cycles.  Some  of  our  customers  rely  on
government research grants to fund technology purchases. If negative trends in the economy affect the

46

government’s allocation of funds to research, there may be less grant funding available for certain of our customers to purchase technologies
from  us.  Certain  of  our  customers  may  face  challenges  gaining  timely  access  to  sufficient  credit  or  may  otherwise  be  faced  with  budget
constraints, which could result in decreased purchases of our products or in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. If
our  customers  do  not  make  timely  payments  to  us,  we  may  be  required  to  assume  greater  credit  risk  relating  to  those  customers  and
increase  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  and  our  days  sales  outstanding  would  be  negatively  impacted.  Although  we  maintain
allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments, we may not
continue to experience the same loss rates that we have in the past.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

Our  headquarters  and  reference  laboratory  space  is  located  in  Tucson,  Arizona,  and  we  have  other  offices  in  Europe.  As  of  both
December  31,  2022  and  2021,  we  leased  approximately  54,522  square  feet  of  office/laboratory  and  manufacturing  space,  in  Tucson,
Arizona. We  believe  that  our  currently  leased  facilities  are  adequate  to  meet  our  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.  See  Item  8,  Note  16,
Leases for additional details regarding the leases.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. Other than the patent
Opposition proceeding discussed under the heading “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property-We may not be successful in
our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications,  and  even  if  such  applications  are  successful,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  the  resulting
patents  will  sufficiently  protect  our  products  and  proprietary  technology”  in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  Risk  Factors  of  this  Form  10-K,  which  is
incorporated herein by reference, we believe that there are currently no claims or legal actions that would reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

47

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities

PART II

Market Information

Our common stock trades under the symbol “AXDX” on The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Holders

As of March 28, 2023, we had approximately 124 record owners of our common stock. The actual number of holders of our common
stock is greater than the number of record owners and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street
name by brokers or other nominees.

Dividends Paid and Dividend Policy

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally  available.  Additionally,  the  Company’s  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  ranks,  with  respect  to  the  payment  of  dividends,  senior  to  the
Company’s common stock and to any other class of securities it may issue in the future that is specifically designated as junior to the Series
A Preferred Stock. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets at the time legally available
therefor, prior in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common stock at the rate of $0.25 per share
per  annum  on  each  outstanding  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (as  appropriately  adjusted  for  any  subsequent  stock  splits,  stock
dividends, combinations, reclassifications and the like), when, as and if declared by the Board.

To date, no dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future
earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Future cash
dividends,  if  any,  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon  our  future  operations  and  earnings,  capital
requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

There  were  no  unregistered  sales  of  equity  securities  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  other  than  as  reported  in  our

Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.

48

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The  table  set  forth  below  presents  the  securities  authorized  for  issuance  with  respect  to  compensation  plans  under  which  equity

securities are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2022:

Plan category

Equity Compensation Plan

Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of outstanding
options and release of restricted
stock units

Weighted-average exercise price
of outstanding options

(1)

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
the 1st column)

(3)

Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security
holders
Total

(2)

9,764,081 

— 
9,764,081 

$

$

14.60 

— 
14.60 

7,021,378 

— 
7,021,378 

(1) Shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”) have been

excluded from the calculation of the weighted average exercise price because they have no exercise price.

(2) Represents 5,408,661 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and 4,355,420 shares of common stock that may

be issued upon vesting of outstanding RSUs and PSUs (assuming the maximum performance level for PSUs).

(3) Includes 6,939,117 as part of the Company’s 2022 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and 82,261 as part of the Company’s Employee

Stock Purchase Plan.

Item 6. [Reserved]

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) summarizes our
change in fiscal year financial condition, results of operations, recent developments, the significant factors affecting our results of operations,
capital  resources  and  liquidity,  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  and  contractual  obligations,  and  discusses  recent  accounting
pronouncements and our critical accounting policies and estimates. You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our
financial statements, including the related notes, which are included in this Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and
analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related
financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors of this Form 10-K for a
discussion  of  important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results  described  in  or  implied  by  the  forward-
looking statements in this report.

Sales and Marketing Agreement with BD

On  August  15,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement  with  BD  pursuant  to  which  BD  will  perform
certain  sales,  tactical  marketing,  technical  service  call  forwarding,  order  preparation,  research  and  development  support  and/or  regulatory
activities  on  the  Company’s  behalf  as  its  worldwide  exclusive  sales  agent  for  certain  of  the  Company’s  products,  including  the  Accelerate
Pheno system and Accelerate Arc Products. An existing team of sales and service professionals will partner with BD personnel in the United
States and select international countries to market, sell, and support the Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate Arc Products.

The Sales and Marketing Agreement also grants to BD certain other rights to certain of the Company’s future products, including the
Company’s next generation rapid AST system. BD has an exclusive right of first negotiation to be the exclusive sales agent to commercialize
the Company’s next generation rapid AST system, which will be triggered if the Company proposes to license its next generation rapid AST
system or sell its rights to such system, or if the Company and BD mutually agree that the related clinical data is ready to be submitted to the

49

FDA for 510(k) clearance. In accordance with the BD Agreement, the terms of such subsequent agreement would have to be negotiated by
the parties.

This  Sales  and  Marketing  Agreement  should  allow  the  Company  to  reduce  expenses  through  keeping  fewer  sales  and  marketing
personnel on staff. Under this agreement, the Company will pay BD a commission based on the level of revenues realized on a quarterly
basis. Under this agreement, BD will pay the Company a fee over the duration of the agreement based on certain criteria.

COVID-19 and Supply Chain Impacts Update

In  late  2019,  a  novel  strain  of  coronavirus  (COVID-19)  was  reported  to  have  surfaced  in  Wuhan,  China,  and  spread  globally.  In
March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  global  pandemic.  The  COVID-19  outbreak  resulted  in  government
authorities around the world implementing numerous measures to try to reduce the spread of COVID-19, such as travel bans and restrictions,
quarantines,  shelter-in-place,  stay-at-home  or  total  lock-down  (or  similar)  orders  and  business  limitations  and  shutdowns.  New  cases  and
hospitalizations have risen and fallen throughout the course of this pandemic. More recently, the emergence and spread of new variants of
COVID-19  that  are  significantly  more  contagious  than  previous  strains  initially  led  many  government  authorities  and  businesses  to
reimplement prior restrictions in an effort to lessen the spread of COVID-19 and its variants. While most of these restrictions have been lifted,
uncertainty remains as to whether additional restrictions may be initiated or again reimplemented in response to surges in COVID-19 cases.
The  lingering  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  continues  to  create  significant  volatility  throughout  the  global  economy,  including  supply
chain constraints, labor supply issues and higher inflation. Accordingly, it is unclear at this point the full impact COVID-19 and its variants will
have on the global economy and on our Company.

The COVID-19 pandemic, containment measures, and downstream impacts to hospital staffing and financial stability have caused,
and are continuing to cause, business slowdowns in affected areas, both regionally and worldwide, as well as disruptions to global supply
chains  and  workforce  participation.  These  effects  have  significantly  impacted  our  business  and  results  of  operations,  starting  in  the  first
quarter  of  2020  and  continuing  through  2022,  albeit  to  a  lesser  degree.  For  example,  we  have  experienced  diminished  access  to  our
customers,  including  hospitals,  which  has  severely  limited  our  ability  to  sell  and,  to  a  lesser  degree,  implement  previously  contracted
Accelerate  Pheno  systems.  Hospital  turnover  resulting  from  burnout  and  vaccine  mandates  have  further  diverted  the  attention  of  hospital
decision makers. In addition, in certain months with high rates of COVID-19 hospitalization, our Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit orders declined
as many hospitals curtailed elective surgeries to respond to COVID-19.

The  reduced  new  instrument  sales  and  implementations  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  lowered  our  realized  and  expected
revenue growth for 2020 and 2021. In 2022, we began to see many of the detrimental effects of the pandemic on our business discussed
above start to ease. For example, in recent quarters, we have seen bloodstream infection testing regain normalcy, which has in turn lessened
the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our recurring revenues through the sale of Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kits. However, with
the  emergence  of  COVID-19  variants,  including  the  Omicron  variant  and  its  sub-variants,  vaccine  hesitancy  and  the  prevalence  of
breakthrough cases of infection among fully vaccinated people, there remains uncertainty regarding our access to customers and prospects,
demand for our products, and ability to implement our products.

As a medical device company, we have not experienced any disruptions to our ability to manufacture our products at our Tucson,
Arizona headquarters under the various State of Arizona executive orders relating to the COVID-19 pandemic because we were classified as
an essential service. We continue to expect that, should future orders be issued, we would be able to sustain our essential operations. Our
third-party  manufacturing  supply  chain  for  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  and  consumable  test  kits  remains  stable  despite  a  high-degree  of
unpredictability in the broader supply chain environment. However, like many industries experiencing inflationary pressures in raw materials,
the direct costs to manufacture our products are increasing and delivery schedules elongating.

For  example,  we  are  currently  experiencing  unprecedented  cost  increases  from  many  of  our  suppliers  primarily  as  a  result  of  the
ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic,  labor  and  supply  disruptions  and  increased  inflation.  The  areas  of  cost  increases  include  raw  materials,
components, and value-add supplier labor. We believe that we currently have sufficient inventory of Accelerate Pheno system instruments to
limit  the  impact  of  cost  increases  on  such  devices.  However,  we  are  being  impacted  by  cost  increases  to  components  and  raw  materials
necessary for the production of our Accelerate Pheno kits. Our ability to pass increased material costs to many of our customers is limited
because of long-term sales agreements with limits on price increases. Accordingly, we are closely

50

monitoring the ability of all our suppliers to provide us with necessary materials and services at reasonable costs. See “Risk Factors-Risks
Related to Our Business and Strategy-Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, consumable goods or other key product components, or
issues associated with their quality from our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability” in Part I,
Item 1A of this Form 10-K for additional information.

Additionally,  the  Company  received  loan  proceeds  of  approximately  $4.8  million  under  the  Paycheck  Protection  Program  (“PPP”)
established  under  the  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  (“CARES”)  Act.  During  January  2021,  the  Company  submitted  its
application for forgiveness to the lender, and on July 15, 2021, the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) informed the Company of its full
forgiveness in the amount of $4.8 million. For additional information about the loan, refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 10, Long-Term Debt of this
Form 10-K.

We  continue  to  monitor  the  evolving  impacts  to  our  business  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  We  may  take  further  actions
required  by  governmental  authorities  or  that  we  determine  are  prudent  to  support  the  well-being  of  our  employees,  customers,  suppliers,
business  partners  and  others.  The  degree  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  ultimately  impacts  our  business,  results  of  operations,  cash
flows and financial position will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, continuously evolving and cannot be predicted.
This  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  the  duration  and  spread  of  the  pandemic  and  its  severity;  the  emergence  and  severity  of  its  variants,
including the Omicron variant and its subvariants; the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, such as the availability and efficacy of
vaccines (particularly with respect to emerging strains of the virus) and potential hesitancy to use them; the financial impact of COVID-19 on
hospitals,  including  to  their  budget  priorities;  hospital  staffing  issues;  general  economic  factors,  such  as  increased  inflation;  global  supply
chain constraints and the related increase in costs; labor supply issues; and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating
conditions can resume.

Accordingly, our current results and financial condition discussed herein may not be indicative of future operating results and trends.

Refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K for additional risks we face due to the COVID-19 pandemic,
including risks relating to our supply chain.

51

Changes in Results of Operations: Comparison of fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The  Company  has  provided  enhanced  information  in  a  tabular  format  which  presents  some  of  the  captions  presented  on  the
statement of operations, less inventory write-downs and non-cash equity-based compensation expense. These figures are reconciled to the
statement  of  operations  and  are  intended  to  add  additional  clarity  on  the  operating  performance  of  the  business.  The  Company  believes
providing  such  figures  less  inventory  write-downs  and  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  provides  helpful  information  for
investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and our board of directors.

Net sales

$

12,752  $

11,782  $

970 

8 % $

11,782  $

11,165  $

617 

6 %

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

During the year ended December 31, 2022, total revenues increased primarily as a result of higher sales of Accelerate PhenoTest
BC Kits and service contract revenue compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit revenue increased as
customers  completed  their  instrument  verifications  and  began  purchasing  kits.  Service  contract  revenue  increased  as  a  higher  number  of
customers entered into multi-year service agreements following the expiration of their warranty periods.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, total revenues increased primarily as a result of higher sales of Accelerate PhenoTest
BC Kits and service contract revenue compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit revenue increased as
customers  completed  their  instrument  verifications  and  began  purchasing  kits.  Service  contract  revenue  increased  as  a  higher  number  of
customers entered into multi-year service agreements following the expiration of their warranty periods.

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

Total cost of sales
Inventory write-down
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
cost of sales
Total cost of sales less inventory
write-down and non-cash equity-
based compensation

9,449 
— 

12,163 
4,500 

(2,714)
(4,500)

(22)%
(100)%

12,163 
4,500 

6,706 
— 

5,457 
4,500 

665 

325 

340 

105 %

325 

351 

(26)

$

8,784  $

7,338  $

1,446 

20 % $

7,338  $

6,355  $

983 

81 %
100 %

(7)%

15 %

During the year ended December 31, 2022, cost of sales decreased when compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. This

decrease is due to a one-time inventory write-down of $4.5 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company took charges to cost of sales for inventory provisions primarily related to
the write-down of excess quantities of instrument raw materials and work in process, whose inventory levels were higher than our updated
forecasts of future demand for those products. Inventory provisions totaled $4.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, with no
inventory provisions recorded for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2020.

Total cost of sales less inventory write-downs and non-cash equity-based compensation during the year ended December 31, 2022,
increased  as  a  result  of  an  increase  in  sales  of  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit  revenue,  increases  to  our  cost  of  manufacturing,  and  other
factors compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. Our cost of manufacturing has increased as we are experiencing cost increases
from many of our suppliers primarily as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, labor and supply disruptions and increased inflation.
The areas of cost increases include raw materials, components, and value-add supplier labor.

52

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  cost  of  sales  increased  when  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  This

increase is due to a one-time inventory write-down of $4.5 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021, as described above.

Total  cost  of  sales  less  inventory  write-downs  and  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021, increased as a result of an increase in Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit revenue, increases to our cost of manufacturing,
and other factors compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

Non-cash  equity-based  compensation  cost  is  a  component  of  manufacturing  overhead  and  service  cost  of  sales.  Manufacturing
overhead is capitalized as inventory and relieved to cost of sales when consumable tests are sold to a customer, instruments are sold to a
customer, or when instruments are amortized to cost of sales.

Cost  of  sales  includes  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  of  $0.7  million,  $0.3  million  and  $0.4  million  for  the  years
ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, non-cash equity-based compensation
expense increased due to new awards being granted in the current year and continued amortization of prior period awards. During the year
ended December 31, 2021, the change in non-cash equity-based compensation expense was not considered meaningful when compared to
the year ended December 31, 2020.

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

Gross profit (loss)
Inventory write-down
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
gross (loss) profit
Gross (loss) profit less inventory
write-down and non-cash equity-
based compensation

$
$

$

3,303  $
—  $

(381) $
4,500  $

3,684 
(4,500)

(967)% $
(100)% $

(381) $
4,500  $

4,459  $
—  $

(4,840)
4,500 

665 

325 

340 

105 %

325 

351 

(26)

3,968  $

4,444  $

(476)

(11)% $

4,444  $

4,810  $

(366)

(109)%
100 %

(7)%

(8)%

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a gross profit, while recording a gross loss during the year ended
December  31,  2021.  As  described  above,  the  Company  incurred  a  one-time  inventory  write-down  of  $4.5  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021 which put the Company in a gross loss position.

Gross profit (loss) less inventory write-downs and non-cash equity-based compensation expense decreased during the year ended
December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to increases in costs to manufacture consumables due
to  pandemic-related  inflationary  factors  and  a  decrease  in  our  average  unit  sales  price  period  over  period.  Our  cost  of  manufacturing  has
increased as we are experiencing cost increases from many of our suppliers primarily as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, labor
and supply disruptions and increased inflation. The areas of cost increases include raw materials, components, and value-add supplier labor.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded a gross loss, while recording a gross profit during the year end
December  31,  2020.  As  described  above,  the  Company  incurred  a  one-time  inventory  write-down  of  $4.5  million  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021 which put the Company in a gross loss position.

Gross profit (loss) less inventory write-downs and non-cash equity-based compensation expense decreased during the year ended
December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to increases in costs to manufacture consumables due
to pandemic-related inflationary factors and a decrease in our average unit sales price period over period.

Inventory without a cost basis was sold to customers for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. Pre-launch inventory
previously not capitalized and expensed in a previous year for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0.8 million, $0.2
million and $0.1 million, respectively.

53

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

Research and development
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
research and development
Research and development less
non-cash equity-based
compensation

$

$

26,915  $

21,943  $

4,972 

23 % $

21,943  $

21,255  $

688 

1,419 

4,102 

(2,683)

(65)%

4,102 

4,035 

67 

25,496  $

17,841  $

7,655 

43 % $

17,841  $

17,220  $

621 

3 %

2 %

4 %

Research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  increased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021 primarily due to increased expenses to develop our next generation AST platform, partially offset by decreases in non-
cash equity-based compensation expense.

Research and development expenses less non-cash equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased

as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to increased expenses to develop our next generation AST platform.

Research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  increased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in costs related to the completion of the Accelerate Arc module and
associated BC kit, and development and contracted services used to develop our next generation AST platform. This increase was partially
offset by decreases in employee related expenses and engineering supplies.

Research and development expenses include non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $1.4 million, $4.1 million and $4.0
million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, non-cash equity-
based compensation expense decreased due to a lower fair value of stock awards being granted, compared to the year ended December 31,
2021. This lower fair value is due to a decrease in the Company’s stock price year over year. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the
non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  change  was  not  considered  meaningful  when  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,
2020.

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

Sales, general and administrative $
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
sales, general and administrative
Sales, general and administrative
less non-cash equity-based
compensation

$

39,193  $

49,236  $

(10,043)

(20)% $

49,236  $

46,904  $

2,332 

8,541 

17,620 

(9,079)

(52)%

17,620 

12,078 

5,542 

30,652  $

31,616  $

(964)

(3)% $

31,616  $

34,826  $

(3,210)

5 %

46 %

(9)%

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  decreased  compared  to  the  year  ended

December 31, 2021 primarily due to a decrease in non-cash equity-based compensation expense and other factors.

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  excluding  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  during  the  year  ended
December  31,  2022  decreased  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  primarily  due  to  lower  employee  related  expenses,
including ordinary salaries and commissions, partially offset by one-time severance expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2022,
the  Company  restructured  its  commercial  sales  team  by  reducing  the  number  of  employees  in  consideration  of  the  Company’s  new
commercial partnership with BD.

54

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  increased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December  31,  2020  primarily  due  to  increases  in  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  resulting  from  an  increased  number  of
RSUs granted compared to the prior year period.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  less  non-cash  equity-based  compensation
expense decreased compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This decrease is primarily the result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as
hospitals  had  limited  access  to  their  facilities  to  primarily  focus  on  COVID-19  initiatives.  These  circumstances  resulted  in  lower  expenses
associated  with  travel,  trade  shows,  and  instrument  demonstration  expenses.  In  addition,  cost  containment  initiatives  implemented  in  the
prior year continued to realize lower expenses in areas such as services and marketing.

Sales, general and administrative expenses include non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $8.5 million, $17.6 million and
$12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease of non-cash equity-based compensation
expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily the result of a decrease
in the fair value of stock awards being granted, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. This lower fair value is due to a decrease in
the Company’s stock price year over year. The increase of non-cash equity-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31,
2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily the result of larger stock awards granted to employees for the year
ended December 31, 2021.

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

$

Loss from operations
Inventory write-down
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
loss from operations
Loss from operations less
inventory write-down and non-
cash equity-based compensation $

(62,805) $

— 

(71,560) $
4,500  $

8,755 
(4,500)

(12)% $

(100)%

(71,560) $
4,500 

(63,700) $

— 

(7,860)
4,500 

10,625 

22,047  $

(11,422)

(52)%

22,047 

16,464 

5,583 

(52,180) $

(45,013) $

(7,167)

16 % $

(45,013) $

(47,236) $

2,223 

12 %
100 %

34 %

(5)%

During the year ended December 31, 2022, our loss from operations decreased as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021,
primarily due to lower non-cash equity-based compensation expense partially offset by higher research and development costs in 2022 and a
one-time inventory write-down incurred in 2021.

Loss from operations excluding inventory write-downs and non-cash equity-based compensation expense increased during the year
ended  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  primarily  due  to  increased  expenses  to  develop  our  next
generation AST platform which was partially offset by higher revenues compared to the prior year period.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, our loss from operations increased as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020
primarily due to higher non-cash equity-based compensation expense, inventory provisions related to write-downs, which was partially offset
by higher revenues compared to the prior year period.

Loss  from  operations  less  inventory  write-downs  and  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  decreased  during  the  year
ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, due to decreased sales, general and administrative expenses
as hospitals had limited access to their facilities to primarily focus on COVID-19 initiatives. These circumstances resulted in lower expenses
associated  with  travel,  trade  shows,  and  instrument  demonstration  expenses.  In  addition,  cost  containment  initiatives  implemented  in  the
prior year continued to realize lower expenses in areas such as services and marketing.

Loss from operations includes non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $10.6 million, $22.0 million and $16.5 million for the
years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease of non-cash equity-based compensation expense for the year
ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily the result of stock awards having a lower fair
value  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  Company’s  stock  price  year  over  year.  The  increase  of  non-cash  equity-based  compensation
expense for the

55

year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily the result of larger stock awards being
granted to employees during the year ended December 31, 2021.

This  loss  and  further  losses  are  anticipated  and  are  the  result  of  our  continued  investments  in  key  research  and  development

program costs, and commercialization of the Company’s products.

Total other income (expense), net $

235  $

(6,097) $

6,332 

(104)% $

(6,097) $

(14,503) $

8,406 

(58)%

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  other  income,  net,  is  primarily  comprised  of  a  gain  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $3.6

million, partially offset by interest expense of $2.3 million, and related party interest expense of $1.5 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, other expense, net, is primarily comprised of interest expense of $15.5 million partially

offset by gains on extinguishment of debt of $9.8 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, other expense, net, is primarily comprised of interest expense of $15.5 million partially

offset by interest income of $0.9 million.

The  Company  entered  into  privately  negotiated  exchange  agreements  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021.
Holders of the Company’s Notes exchanged Notes held by them for shares of the Company’s common stock. The gain on extinguishment of
exchanged Notes was $3.6 million and $4.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

In  addition,  the  Small  Business  Administration’s,  Paycheck  Protection  Program  loan  and  accrued  interest  of  $4.8  million,  was

forgiven and recorded as gain on extinguishment during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The  Company  adopted  ASU  2020-06  on  January  1,  2022,  which  simplified  the  accounting  for  convertible  debt  instruments  by
removing  the  beneficial  conversion  and  cash  conversion  separation  models  for  our  Notes.  This  change  in  accounting  principle  primarily
resulted in a decrease in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2022, when compared to prior periods. Another contributing
factor  that  reduced  interest  expense  includes  a  decrease  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Company’s  Notes  outstanding.  Interest
expense was $2.3 million, $15.5 million and $15.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Benefit (provision) for income
taxes

$

77  $

(45) $

122 

(271)% $

(45) $

(5) $

(40)

800 %

2022

2021

$ Change

% Change

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  the  Company  recorded  an  immaterial  benefit  for  income  taxes  as  the  Company  is

anticipating a refund from prior year overpayments.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  recorded  immaterial  income  taxes  as  the  Company  is

anticipating nominal state and foreign tax expense and has significant net operating losses to offset taxable income.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Since  inception,  the  Company  has  not  achieved  profitable  operations  or  positive  cash  flows  from  operations.  The  Company’s
accumulated deficit totaled $607.2 million as of December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company had a net loss
of $62.5 million and negative cash flows from operations of $48.7 million. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had $45.6 million in cash
and cash equivalents and investments, a decrease of $18.0 million from $63.6 million at December 31, 2021, and working capital deficits.
The

56

primary reason for the decrease was due to cash used in operations during the period. The future success of the Company is dependent on
its  ability  to  successfully  commercialize  its  products,  obtain  regulatory  clearance  for  and  successfully  launch  its  future  product  candidates,
obtain  additional  capital  and  ultimately  attain  profitable  operations.  Historically,  the  Company  has  funded  its  operations  primarily  through
multiple  equity  raises  and  the  issuance  of  debt  (see  below  and  Note  1,  Organization  and  Nature  of  Business;  Basis  of  Presentation;
Principles  of  Consolidation,  Note  9,  Long-Term  Debt,  Note  10,  Convertible  Notes,  Note  11,  Long-Term  Debt  Related-Party  and  Note  19,
Stockholders' Equity in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional details).

In  connection  with  the  preparation  of  this  Form  10-K,  the  Company  is  required  to  evaluate  its  financial  condition  as  of  the  date  of
filing this Form 10-K pursuant to the requirements of ASC 205-40, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going
Concern. Management must evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This evaluation
initially does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the
date  the  financial  statements  are  issued.  When  substantial  doubt  exists  under  this  methodology,  management  evaluates  whether  the
mitigating  effect  of  its  plans  sufficiently  alleviates  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The
mitigating effect of management’s plans, however, is only considered if both (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented
within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued, and (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate
the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the
date that the financial statements are issued.

Based on its evaluation pursuant to ASC 205-40, the Company has determined that, as of the date of this Form 10-K filing, there is
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern, as the Company does not currently have adequate financial resources to
pay its outstanding debt obligation under the Notes and to fund its forecasted operating costs for at least twelve months from the issuance of
our consolidated financial statements.

Our primary use of capital has been for the development and commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system and development of
complementary  products.  While  the  Company  continues  to  explore  additional  funding  in  the  form  of  potential  equity  and/or  debt  financing
arrangements or similar transactions, as well as non-cash means to settle or refinance the Notes, there can be no assurance the necessary
financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company raises funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to
stockholders  may  result.  Any  equity  securities  issued  may  also  provide  for  rights,  preferences  or  privileges  senior  to  those  of  holders  of
common stock. If the Company raises funds by issuing debt securities, these debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges
senior to those of preferred and common stockholders. The terms of debt securities or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our
operations. Similarly, there can be no assurance that market conditions and refinancing alternatives will be sufficient to settle or refinance the
Notes. The capital markets have in the past, and may in the future, experience periods of upheaval that could impact the availability and cost
of equity and debt financing. Financial market instability or disruptions to the banking system due to bank failures, particularly in light of the
recent events that have occurred with respect to Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank, may also adversely affect our ability to enter into
financing arrangements and facilities. In addition, recent and anticipated future increases in federal fund rates set by the Federal Reserve,
which serve as benchmark rates on borrowing, and other general economic conditions may impact the cost of debt financing or refinancing
existing debt.

Although we are actively considering all available strategic alternatives to maximize value, if we are unable to obtain adequate capital
resources to fund operations and address our outstanding debt obligation under the Notes, we would not be able to continue to operate our
business  pursuant  to  our  current  plans.  In  particular,  if  we  are  unable  to  address  our  outstanding  debt  obligation  under  the  Notes,  or
otherwise  obtain  an  extension  under  the  Forbearance  Agreement,  prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  forbearance  period  specified  in  the
Forbearance  Agreement,  then  the  Trustee  may  exercise  its  rights  and  remedies  under  the  Indenture  and  declare  the  principal  of,  and  all
accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be due and payable immediately. This may require us to, among other things, materially modify
our  operations  to  reduce  spending;  sell  assets  or  operations;  delay  the  implementation  of,  or  revising  certain  aspects  of,  our  business
strategy; file a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in order to implement a restructuring; or
discontinue our operations entirely. Additionally, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to obtain any extensions under the
Forbearance  Agreement.  For  additional  information,  see  “Risk  Factors—Risks  Related  to  Our  Financial  Condition,  Liquidity  and
Indebtedness” in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

57

The  Company  is  subject  to  Lease  Agreements.  The  future  lease  obligations  under  the  Lease  Agreements  are  included  in  Item  8,

Note 16, Leases in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional details.

Summary of Cash Flows

The following summarizes selected items in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for years ended December 31 (in

thousands):

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash Flow Summary
(in thousands)

2022

2021

2020

$

(48,728) $
12,417 
31,630 

(47,323) $
8,304 
43,226 

(50,394)
13,606 
11,633 

The net cash used in operating activities was $48.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. Net cash used in operating
activities  was  primarily  the  result  of  net  losses  and  gains  on  extinguishment  of  debt.  These  amounts  were  partially  offset  by  equity-based
compensation and depreciation and amortization.

The  Company  adopted  ASU  2020-06  on  January  1,  2022,  which  simplified  the  accounting  for  convertible  debt  instruments  by
removing  the  beneficial  conversion  and  cash  conversion  separation  models  for  our  Notes.  This  change  in  accounting  principle  primarily
resulted in a decrease in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2022, when compared to prior periods. Another contributing
factor that reduced interest expense includes a decrease in the aggregate principal amount of the Company’s Notes outstanding.

The net cash used in operating activities was $47.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. Net cash used in operating
activities  was  primarily  the  result  of  net  losses  and  gains  on  extinguishment  of  debt.  These  amounts  were  partially  offset  by  equity-based
compensation, amortization of debt discount and issuance costs, an inventory write-down, and depreciation and amortization.

The net cash used in operating activities was $50.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. Net cash used in operating
activities was primarily the result of net losses. This amount was partially offset by equity-based compensation, amortization of debt discount
and issuance costs, and depreciation and amortization.

These losses are the result of continued investments in research and development to further mature the Accelerate Pheno system,

develop ancillary products, including the Accelerate Arc system and our next generation rapid AST system, along with other factors.

Cash flows from investing activities

The net cash provided by investing activities was $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company had maturities

of marketable securities of $40.5 million which were offset in part by purchases of marketable securities of $27.5 million.

The net cash provided by investing activities was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company had maturities

of marketable securities of $38.7 million which were offset in part by purchases of marketable securities of $30.1 million.

The net cash provided by investing activities was $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company had maturities

of marketable securities of $61.9 million which were offset in part by purchases of marketable securities of $46.9 million.

58

Cash flows from financing activities

The net cash provided by financing activities was $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company had proceeds

from the sale of common stock of $32.9 million which were offset in part from payments on finance leases of $1.2 million.

The net cash provided by financing activities was $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company had proceeds
from  the  issuance  of  common  and  preferred  shares  of  $42.9  million  as  well  as  proceeds  from  equity  compensation  plans  of  $1.9  million,
which were partially offset by other less significant items.

The net cash provided by financing activities was $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and was primarily comprised
of  proceeds  from  equity  compensation  plans  and  long-term  debt.  Proceeds  from  equity  compensation  plans  was  $6.1  million,  while  the
Company  received  $5.6  million  in  proceeds  from  long-term  debt,  $4.8  million  of  which  consists  of  proceeds  from  the  PPP  loan  described
below.

Convertible Notes

On  March  27,  2018,  the  Company  issued  $150.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  2.50%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  (the
“Notes”). In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Company granted the initial purchasers an option to purchase additional amounts.
The option was partially exercised, which resulted in $21.5 million of additional proceeds, for total proceeds of $171.5 million. After giving
effect  to  the  exchange  transactions  described  below,  the  Notes  had  an  outstanding  principal  amount  of  $56.6  million  as  of  December  31,
2022. The Notes matured on March 15, 2023 and became due and payable.

On March 9, 2023, the Company entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the “Forbearance Agreement”), which became effective on
March 13, 2023, with the holders of approximately 85% of the Company’s outstanding Notes (collectively, the “Ad Hoc Noteholder Group”)
and the trustee for the Notes (the “Trustee”). Other holders of the Notes may join the Forbearance Agreement, and receive a fee equal to
$5.00 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such party, by executing and delivering a joinder to the Forbearance Agreement to the
Company (collectively with the Trustee and Ad Hoc Noteholder Group, the “Counterparties”). Pursuant to the Forbearance Agreement, the
members of the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group have agreed, and have directed the Trustee, to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies
under the indenture governing the Notes (the “Indenture”) in connection with certain events of default under the Indenture, such as (i) failure
to timely pay in full the principal of any Note when due and payable on March 15, 2023 (the “Maturity Date”), (ii) failure to pay any interest on
any Note when due and payable, (iii) failure to convert any Notes, (iv) default under any agreement with outstanding indebtedness for money
borrowed in excess of $15.0 million and (v) any other breach, default or event of default under the Indenture arising from the failure of the
Company to timely pay in full the principal of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date. The Forbearance Agreement is effective
for the period commencing on March 13, 2023 and ending on March 29, 2023. On March 29, 2023, the Company and the Ad Hoc Noteholder
Group agreed to further extend the forbearance period under the Forbearance Agreement to April 5, 2023.

For additional information, see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Financial Condition, Liquidity and Indebtedness-We are in default
of payment obligations under the terms of our Notes, which matured on March 15, 2023 and became due and payable” in Part I, Item 1A of
this Form 10-K.

2021 Exchange Transactions

On  September  22,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  separate  exchange  agreements  with  certain  holders  of  the  Notes.  Under  the
terms of the exchange agreements, such holders agreed to exchange Notes held by it for shares of the Company’s common stock. During
the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  $51.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes  were  exchanged  for  6,602,974  shares  of  the
Company's common stock in these exchange transactions.

March 2022 Exchange Transaction

On  March  21,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  an  exchange  agreement  with  one  holder  of  the  Notes.  Under  the  terms  of  the
exchange agreement, the holder agreed to exchange Notes held by them for shares of the Company’s common stock. During the year ended
December 31, 2022, $14.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes were exchanged for 10,798,482 shares of the Company's common
stock in this exchange transaction.

59

August 2022 Exchange Transaction

On August 15, 2022, the Company entered into an exchange agreement (the “August 2022 Exchange Agreement”) with the Jack W.
Schuler Living Trust (the “Schuler Trust”). Under the terms of the August 2022 Exchange Agreement, the Schuler Trust agreed to exchange
with the Company $49.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes held by it for (a) a secured promissory note in an aggregate principal
amount of $34.9 million (the “Secured Note”) and (b) a warrant (the “Warrant”) to acquire the Company’s common stock at an exercise price
of $2.12 per share (the “Exercise Price”). See “Capital Resources and Liquidity-Secured Note” below for additional information regarding the
Secured Note.

After giving effect to the exchange transactions described above, the Notes had an outstanding principal amount of $56.6 million as

of December 31, 2022.

The Warrant may be exercised from February 15, 2023 through the earlier of (i) August 15, 2029 and (ii) the consummation of certain
acquisition transactions involving the Company, as set forth in the Warrant. The Warrant is exercisable for up to 2,471,710 shares, or 15% of
the principal amount of the Secured Note, divided by the Exercise Price. Such number of shares and the Exercise Price are subject to certain
customary proportional adjustments for fundamental events, including stock splits and recapitalizations, as set forth in the Warrant.

Prepaid Forward

In connection with the offering of the Notes, we entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction (the “Prepaid Forward”)
with a financial institution. Pursuant  to  the  Prepaid  Forward,  we  used  approximately  $45.1  million  of  the  proceeds  from  the  offering  of  the
Notes  to  pay  the  prepayment  amount.  The  aggregate  number  of  our  common  stock  underlying  the  Prepaid  Forward  is  approximately
1,858,500  shares  (based  on  the  sale  price  of  $24.25).  During  March  2023,  1,858,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  returned  to  the
Company pursuant to our agreement with the counterparty. As of December 31, 2022, these shares purchased under the Prepaid Forward
were treated as treasury stock on the consolidated balance sheet (and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted
earnings per share), but remain outstanding for corporate law purposes, including for purposes of any future stockholders' votes.

See Note 10, Convertible Notes, Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party, Note 19, Stockholders' Equity and Note 21, Subsequent

Events in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional details.

Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) Loan

On April 14, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note (the “PPP Note”) evidencing an unsecured loan in the amount of
$4.8 million. The PPP Note was to mature on April 14, 2025 and bore interest at a rate of 1% per annum. Beginning August 14, 2021, the
Company was required to make 45 monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $0.1 million. The proceeds from the PPP
Note could only be used for payroll costs (including benefits), interest on mortgage obligations, rent, utilities and interest on certain other debt
obligations.

Pursuant to the terms of the CARES Act and the PPP, the Company could apply to the lender for forgiveness for the amount due on
the PPP Note. The amount eligible for forgiveness was based on the amount of loan proceeds used by the Company (during the 24 week
period  after  the  lender  made  the  first  disbursement  of  loan  proceeds)  for  the  payment  of  certain  covered  costs,  including  payroll  costs
(including benefits), rent and utilities, subject to certain limitations and reductions in accordance with the CARES Act and the PPP. During
January 2021, the Company submitted its application for forgiveness to the lender. During July 2021, the SBA informed the Company of its
full forgiveness for the entire loan amount plus accrued interest, which was $4.8 million. The SBA’s determination of loan forgiveness does
not preclude further investigation by the SBA according to its rules and regulations.

At-The-Market Equity Sales Agreement

On  May  28,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Sales  Agreement  with  William  Blair  pursuant  to  which  it  may  sell  shares  of  the
Company’s  common  stock  having  an  aggregate  offering  price  of  up  to  $50  million,  from  time  to  time,  through  an  “at-the-market”  equity
offering program under which William Blair will act as sales agent. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Sales Agreement, William Blair
may sell shares by any method deemed to be an

60

“at-the-market” offering as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company is not obligated to sell any shares under the Sales
Agreement. William Blair is entitled to a commission of 3% of the aggregate gross proceeds from each sale of shares occurring pursuant to
the Sales Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company sold 2,092,497 shares of common stock under the Sales
Agreement  for  aggregate  gross  proceeds  of  $10.9  million.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  had  an  aggregate  of  $39.1  million
available for future sales under its at-the-market equity offering program. No shares were sold under the Sales Agreement during the year
ended December 31, 2022.

2021 Sales of Equity Securities

On  December  24,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement  (the  “December  2020  Securities  Purchase
Agreement”)  with  certain  purchasers  for  the  issuance  and  sale  by  the  Company  of  shares  of  its  common  stock.  The  purchasers  were
comprised  of  certain  directors  and  officers  of  the  Company,  or  entities  affiliated  or  related  to  such  persons.  On  September  17,  2021,  the
Company  entered  into  a  rescission  agreement  with  certain  of  the  purchasers  (the  “Schuler  Purchasers”)  in  order  to,  among  other  things,
rescind  and  unwind  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  for  all  legal,  tax  and  financial  purposes  ab  initio  as  if  the  related
transactions, including the issuance and sale of the shares, had never occurred with respect to the Schuler Purchasers and the Company.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 201,820 shares of common stock to the other purchasers and received total
proceeds  of  approximately  $1.5  million  under  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  after  giving  effect  to  the  rescission
agreement.

On September 22, 2021, the Company entered into a new securities purchase agreement (the “September 2021 Securities Purchase
Agreement”) with the Schuler Purchasers for the issuance and sale by the Company of the Company’s newly designated Series A Preferred
Stock.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  issued  3,954,546  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  to  the  Schuler
Purchasers and received total proceeds of approximately $30.5 million under the September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement.

March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement

On March 24, 2022, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement”)
with the Schuler Trust for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of 2,439,024 shares of the Company’s common stock to
the Schuler Trust (the “Private Placement”). Jack Schuler, serves as a member of the Company’s board of directors and is the sole trustee of
the Schuler Trust.

Pursuant to the March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement, the Schuler Trust has agreed to purchase the Shares at a purchase
price (determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules relating to the “market value” of the Company’s common stock) of $1.64 per share, which
is equal to the consolidated closing bid price reported by Nasdaq immediately preceding the time the Company entered into the March 2022
Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $4.0  million.  On  June  29,  2022,  the  Company  and  the  Schuler  Trust
agreed to extend the closing date of the Private Placement (the “Closing Date”) from June 30, 2022 to September 26, 2022, subject to the
satisfaction of customary closing conditions. On September 29, 2022, the parties agreed to extend the Closing Date to December 30, 2022,
effective as of September 26, 2022. On December 16, 2022, the parties agreed to extend the Closing Date to March 24, 2023. On March 23,
2023, the parties agreed to further extend the Closing Date to April 20, 2023.

2022 Sales of Equity Securities

On August 23, 2022, the Company completed a public offering of 17,500,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of
$2.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $32.9 million from the offering after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and offering expenses paid by the Company.

See Note 19, Stockholders' Equity in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional details.

Secured Note

The Secured Note has a scheduled maturity date of August 15, 2027 and will be repayable upon written demand at any time on or
after such date. The Company may, at its option, repay the note in (i) cash or (ii) in the form of common stock of the Company, in a number of
shares that is obtained by dividing the total amount of such payment by $2.12. The Secured Note bears interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum,
payable at the option of the

61

Company in the same form, at the earlier of (i) any prepayment of principal and (ii) maturity. The Company may prepay the Secured Note at
any time without premium or penalty. The Secured Note is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, subject to customary
exceptions and limitations, pursuant to a security agreement, dated as of August 15, 2022. The Secured Note does not restrict the incurrence
of future indebtedness by the Company but shall become subordinated in right of payment and lien priority upon the request of any future
senior lender.

See Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional details.

Contractual Obligations

The  Company  has  certain  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments  as  disclosed  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  Note  15,
Commitments and Contingencies that do not meet the definition of long-term debt obligations, capital leases, operating leases or purchase
obligations. The Company has entered into Lease Agreements as described in Part I, Item 2, Properties and Part II, Item 8, Note 16, Leases.
The  Company  has  entered  into  Long-Term  Debt  as  described  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  Note  9,  Long-Term  Debt  and  Note  11,  Long-Term  Debt
Related-Party. The Company has entered into the Notes as described above and in Part II, Item 8, Note 10, Convertible Notes. The future
expected payment obligations under our agreements over the next five years are (in thousands):

1)

Contractual Obligations
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligation 
Finance leases
Deferred compensation
Convertible notes
Convertible notes interest
Related party secured note 
Related party secured note interest 
Total

2)

3)

Payments due by Period
(in thousands)
2023

2024

Total

$

$

2,608  $

11,900 
2,161 
932 
56,595 
707 
34,934 
9,863 
119,700  $

968  $
— 
992 
— 
56,595 
707 
— 
— 

59,262  $

1,055  $
— 
976 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,031  $

2025

2026

2027

585  $
— 
193 
337 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,115  $

—  $
— 
— 
361 
— 
— 
— 
— 
361  $

— 
11,900 
— 
234 
— 
— 
34,934 
9,863 
56,931 

1) The Company entered into a non-cancellable purchase obligation with a supplier to acquire raw materials for a total commitment of
$11.9 million. Under the terms of this agreement the Company has until March 15, 2027 to take delivery of purchased items. As of
December 31, 2022 the commitment remains $11.9 million as the Company has not taken delivery of any inventory.

2) The Company may, at its option, repay the note in (i) cash or (ii) in the form of common stock of the Company. However, the amount of
shares  to  repay  the  Secured  Notes,  shall  not  exceed  an  aggregate  amount  of  19.99%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  shares  of
common stock, and any remainder amount due will be paid in cash.

3) The Company may, at its option, repay the interest in (i) cash or (ii) in the form of common stock of the Company, which is due on or
after August 15, 2027. The Secured Note bears interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and if the Company were to make a first and
final interest payment on the maturity date of August 15, 2027, the interest payable amount would be $9.9 million. As of December
31, 2022, accrued interest is $0.7 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A  discussion  relating  to  recent  accounting  pronouncements  can  be  found  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant

Accounting Policies.

62

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  based  on  our  consolidated  financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of
these  financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial
statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on historical
experience and on various other factors that are believed to be appropriate under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we

believe that the following judgments are most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company determines the cost of inventory using the first-in, first
out method. The  Company  estimates  the  recoverability  of  inventory  by  reference  to  internal  estimates  of  future  demands  and  product  life
cycles, including expiration. The  Company  periodically  analyzes  its  inventory  levels  to  identify  inventory  that  may  expire  prior  to  expected
sale or has a cost basis in excess of its estimated realizable value and records a charge to expense for such inventory as appropriate.

We  charge  cost  of  sales  for  inventory  provisions  to  write-down  our  inventory  to  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value  or  for
obsolete  or  excess  inventory. Most  of  our  inventory  provisions  relate  to  excess  quantities  of  products,  based  on  our  inventory  levels  and
future  product  purchase  commitments  compared  to  assumptions  about  future  demand  and  market  conditions.  Once  inventory  has  been
written-off or written-down, it creates a new cost basis for the inventory that is not subsequently written-up.

See Part II, Item 8, Note 6, Inventory, for further information and related disclosures.

Instruments Classified as Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  includes  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  (also  referred  to  as  instruments)  used  for  sales  demonstrations,
instruments under rental agreements and instruments used for research and development. Depreciation  expense  for  instruments  used  for
sales  demonstrations  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments
placed  at  customer  sites  pursuant  to  reagent  rental  agreements  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales.  Depreciation  expense  for
instruments used in our laboratory and research is recorded as a component of research and development expense. The Company retains
title to these instruments and depreciates them over five years. Losses from the retirement of returned instruments are included in costs and
expenses.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amount of its instruments whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, and at least annually. This evaluation is based on our estimate of
future cash flows and the estimated fair value of such long-lived assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the
estimated fair value are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of instruments.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  the  Company  identified  potential  impairment  indicators  related  to  instruments
installed at customer sites under rental agreement that have not yet generated revenue and the length of time from when these instruments
are  installed  to  when  revenue  is  initially  generated. The  Company’s  evaluation  for  impairment  included  consideration  of  the  cash  flows  of
current  revenue  generating  instruments,  the  length  of  time  to  recover  the  carrying  value,  the  historical  rate  of  returned  instruments  from
customers  and  the  Company’s  ability  to  resell  or  repurpose  used  instruments.  As  a  result  of  the  Company’s  evaluation,  no  impairment
charges were recorded at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

63

See Part II, Item 8, Note 7, Property and Equipment, for further information and related disclosures.

Convertible Notes

On January 1, 2022 the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other
Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). As a result, the Notes are now
accounted  for  as  a  single  liability  measured  at  their  amortized  cost.  The  Notes  are  no  longer  bifurcated  between  debt  and  equity  and  are
instead accounted for entirely as debt at face value net of any discount or premium and issuance costs. Interest expense is comprised of (1)
cash interest payments, (2) amortization of any debt discounts or premiums based on the original offering, and (3) amortization of any debt
issuance  costs.  Gain  or  loss  on  extinguishment  of  Notes  is  calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  (i)  fair  value  of  the  consideration
transferred and (ii) the sum of the carrying value of the debt at the time of repurchase.

See Part II, Item 8, Note 10, Convertible Notes, for further information and related disclosures.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised good or service is transferred to its customers, in an amount that
reflects  the  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  Sales  taxes  are  excluded  from
revenues.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:
Identification of the contract with a customer
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

•
•
• Determination of the transaction price
•
• Recognition of revenue as we satisfy a performance obligation

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations

Product revenue is derived from the sale or rental of instruments and sales of related consumable products. When an instrument is
sold, revenue is generally recognized upon installation of the unit consistent with contract terms, which do not include a right of return. When
a consumable product is sold, revenue is generally recognized upon shipment. Invoices are generally issued when revenue is recognized.
Payment terms vary by the type and location of the customer and the products or services offered. The term between invoicing and when
payment is due is not significant.

Service  revenue  is  derived  from  the  sale  of  extended  service  agreements  which  are  generally  non-cancellable.  This  revenue  is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term beginning on the effective date of the contract because the Company is standing
ready to provide services. Invoices are generally issued annually and coincide with the beginning of individual service terms.

The  Company’s  contracts  with  customers  may  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  such  arrangements,  the  Company
allocates revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The Company generally determines relative
standalone selling prices based on the price charged to customers for each individual performance obligation.

Sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales force are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract
with a customer. The  Company  has  determined  these  costs  would  have  an  amortization  period  of  less  than  one  year  and  has  elected  to
recognize  them  as  an  expense  when  incurred.  Contract  asset  opening  and  closing  balances  were  immaterial  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022.

64

Leases

The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains
a lease and the type of lease at inception. The Company classifies leases as finance leases (lessee) or sales-type leases (lessor) when there
is either a transfer of ownership of the underlying asset by the end of the lease term, the lease contains an option to purchase the asset that
we are reasonably certain will be exercised, the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the asset, the present value
of the lease payments and any residual value guarantee equals or substantially exceeds all the fair value of the asset, or the asset is of such
a specialized nature that it will have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. Payments contingent on future events (i.e.
based  on  usage)  are  considered  variable  and  excluded  from  lease  payments  for  the  purposes  of  classification  and  initial  measurement.
Several  of  our  leases  include  options  to  renew  or  extend  the  term  upon  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties  and  others  include  one-year
extensions exercisable by the lessee. None of our leases contain residual value guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

To determine whether a contract contains a lease, the Company uses its judgment in assessing whether the lessor retains a material
amount of economic benefit from an underlying asset, whether explicitly or implicitly identified, which party holds control over the direction
and use of the asset, and whether any substantive substitution rights over the asset exist.

Leases as Lessee

Operating leases are included in right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and corresponding lease liabilities, and finance leases are included in
ROU assets and corresponding lease liabilities within our condensed consolidated balance sheets. These assets represent our right to use
an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease. ROU
assets and their related liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.
Typically, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement in determining the present value of
lease  payments.  We  use  the  implicit  rate  when  readily  determinable.  ROU  assets  are  net  of  lease  payments  made  and  exclude  lease
incentives.  Lease  expense  for  lease  payments  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term,  which  may  include  options  to
extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option.

Our operating leases consist primarily of leased office, factory, and laboratory space in the U.S. and office space in Europe, have
between  two  and  six-year  terms,  and  typically  contain  penalizing,  early-termination  provisions.  Our  finance  leases  consist  of  leased
equipment and have three-year terms.

Leases as Lessor

The  Company  leases  instruments  to  customers  under  “reagent  rental”  agreements,  whereby  the  customer  agrees  to  purchase
consumable  products  over  a  stated  term,  typically  five  years  or  less,  for  a  volume-based  price  that  includes  an  embedded  rental  for  the
instruments.  When  collectibility  is  probable,  that  amount  is  recognized  as  income  at  lease  commencement  for  sales-type  leases  and  as
product is shipped, typically in a straight–line pattern, over the term for operating leases, which typically include a termination without cause
or penalty provision given a short notice period.

Consideration  is  allocated  between  lease  and  non-lease  components  based  on  stand-alone  selling  price  in  accordance  with  ASC

606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Net investment in sales-type leases are included within our condensed consolidated balance sheets as a component of other current
assets  and  other  non-current  assets,  which  include  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  received  and  the  present  value  of  the
residual asset, which are determined using the information available at commencement, including the lease term, estimated useful life, rate
implicit in the lease, and expected fair value of the instrument.

See Part II, Item 8, Note 16, Leases for further information.

65

Equity-Based Compensation

The  Company  may  award  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  performance-based  awards  and  other  equity-based
instruments to its employees, directors and consultants. Compensation cost related to equity-based instruments is based on the fair value of
the instrument on the grant date, and is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for each
tranche  (an  accelerated  attribution  method).  Performance-based  awards  vest  based  on  the  achievement  of  performance  targets.
Compensation  costs  associated  with  performance-based  awards  are  recognized  over  the  requisite  service  period  based  on  probability  of
achievement.  Performance-based  awards  require  management  to  make  assumptions  regarding  the  likelihood  of  achieving  performance
targets.

The Company estimates the fair value of service based and performance based stock option awards, including modifications of stock
option  awards,  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  This  model  derives  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  based  on  certain
assumptions related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

•

•

Volatility:  The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company's  stock  price  over  the  most  recent  period
commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award.
Expected  term:  The  estimate  expected  term  for  employee  awards  is  based  on  a  simplified  method  that  considers  an  insufficient
history of employee exercises. For consultant awards, the estimated expected term is the same as the life of the award.

• Risk-free  interest  rate:  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  published  U.S.  Treasury  rates  for  a  term  commensurate  with  the

expected term.

• Dividend yield: The dividend yield is estimated as zero as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not have any

plans to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company records the fair value of RSUs or stock grants based on the published closing market price on the day before the grant

date.

The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated basis.

The  Company  also  has  an  employee  stock  purchase  program  whereby  eligible  employees  can  elect  payroll  deductions  that  are
subsequently used to purchase common stock at a discounted price. There is no compensation recorded for this program as (i) the purchase
discount does not exceed the issuance costs that would have been incurred to raise a significant amount of capital by a public offering, (ii)
substantially  all  employees  that  meet  limited  employment  qualifications  may  participate  on  an  equitable  basis,  and  (iii)  the  plan  doesn't
incorporate option features that would require compensation to be recorded.

See Part II, Item 8, Note 13, Employee Equity-Based Compensation for further information.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not required for a smaller reporting company.

66

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial Statements of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 42)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

67

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31,
2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2022,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial
statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the
Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  that  the  Company  will  continue  as  a  going
concern.  As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  suffered  recurring  losses  from  operations,  has  a  working
capital deficiency, and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s
evaluation  of  the  events  and  conditions  and  management’s  plans  regarding  these  matters  are  also  described  in  Note  1.  The  consolidated
financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting
Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our
audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  the  critical  audit
matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating
the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

68

Valuation of Instrument Inventory

Description of the Matter

As  explained  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  evaluates  the  net  realizable  value  of  instrument
inventory, including finished goods, work in process and raw materials available for conversion into finished goods, and records a charge to
expense to the extent that inventory costs exceed net realizable value.

Auditing management's estimate of the net realizable value of instrument inventory involved subjective auditor judgment. This is due
to the estimation of the number of instruments needed to meet customer demand as of December 31, 2022, and the assumptions inherent in
management’s forecasted sales of these instruments.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

Our audit procedures included, among others, comparing the carrying value of instrument inventory, including finished goods, work in
process and raw materials available for conversion into finished goods, to management’s recoverability analysis, evaluating the forecasted
sales  assumption  and  assessing  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the  underlying  data  used.  Specifically,  we  (i)  compared  the  historical
accuracy of forecasted sales to current and past results, (ii) assessed the reasonableness of forecasted sales considering current and past
results, including recent sales, and (iii) performed a sensitivity analysis to evaluate the impact of changes in this significant assumption to the
carrying value of these instruments.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.
Phoenix, Arizona
March 31, 2023

69

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

December 31,

2022

2021

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Investments
Trade accounts receivable, net
Inventory
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Finance lease assets, net
Operating lease right of use assets, net
Other non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Accrued interest
Deferred revenue
Current portion of convertible notes
Current portion of long-term debt
Finance lease, current
Operating lease, current

Total current liabilities
Finance lease, non-current
Operating lease, non-current
Other non-current liabilities
Accrued interest, related-party
Long-term, debt related-party
Convertible notes
Total liabilities

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

$

$

$

34,905  $
10,656 
2,416 
5,194 
818 
2,025 
56,014 
3,478 
2,422 
1,859 
1,242 
65,015  $

4,501  $
2,682 
472 
547 
56,413 
— 
1,113 
829 
66,557 
782 
1,545 
874 
663 
16,858 
— 
87,279 

39,898 
23,720 
2,320 
5,067 
768 
1,558 
73,331 
5,389 
— 
2,510 
1,817 
83,047 

1,983 
2,853 
909 
451 
— 
80 
— 
669 
6,945 
— 
2,381 
808 
— 
— 
107,984 
118,118 

Commitments and contingencies (see note 16)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

70

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except share data)

December 31,

2022

2021

Stockholders' deficit:
Preferred shares, $0.001 par value;

5,000,000 preferred shares authorized and 3,954,546 outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and
2021

4 

4 

Common stock, $0.001 par value;

200,000,000 common shares authorized with 97,477,546 shares issued and outstanding on
December 31, 2022 and 100,000,000 common shares authorized with 67,649,018 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2021
Contributed capital
Treasury stock
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders' deficit

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

97 
630,341 
(45,067)
(607,239)
(400)
(22,264)
65,015  $

68 
580,652 
(45,067)
(570,668)
(60)
(35,071)
83,047 

$

71

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales

Cost of sales:

Cost of sales of products and services
Inventory write-down
Total cost of sales

Gross profit (loss)

Costs and expenses:

Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total costs and expenses

Years Ended December 31,
2021

2022

2020

$

12,752  $

11,782  $

11,165 

9,449 
— 
9,449 

3,303 

26,915 
39,193 
66,108 

7,663 
4,500 
12,163 

(381)

21,943 
49,236 
71,179 

6,706 
— 
6,706 

4,459 

21,255 
46,904 
68,159 

Loss from operations

(62,805)

(71,560)

(63,700)

Other income (expense):

Interest expense
Interest expense related-party
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)
Interest income
Other expense, net
Total other income (expense), net

Net loss before income taxes
Benefit (provision) for income taxes

Net loss

Basic and diluted net loss per share
Weighted average shares outstanding

Other comprehensive loss:

Net loss
Net unrealized loss on investments
Foreign currency translation adjustment

Comprehensive loss

(2,274)
(1,497)
3,565 
117 
551 
(227)
235 

(15,545)
— 
9,793 
(413)
88 
(20)
(6,097)

(62,570)
77 

(62,493) $

(77,657)
(45)

(77,702) $

(0.76) $

82,161 

(1.26) $

61,727 

(62,493) $

(14)
(326)
(62,833) $

(77,702) $

(34)
(117)
(77,853) $

(15,550)
— 
— 
252 
855 
(60)
(14,503)

(78,203)
(5)
(78,208)

(1.40)
56,010 

(78,208)
(2)
151 
(78,059)

$

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

72

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(in thousands)

Preferred 
Shares

Preferred
Stock
Amount

Common 
Shares

Common
Stock
Amount

Contributed
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Treasury 
stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity

—  $

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
3,955 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,955 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4 

54,709  $

55  $

452,344  $

(414,653) $

(45,067) $

(58) $

(7,379)

— 

— 

2,858 

41 

— 

— 

— 

57,608 
— 
4,937 
(2,643)
— 

1,090 

54 

— 

— 

6,603 

— 

67,649 

— 

— 

3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

58 
— 
5 
(3)
— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

7 

— 

68 

— 

— 

6,059 

359 

— 

— 

16,310 

475,072 
— 
32,400 
(20,297)
30,446 

1,619 

326 

— 

— 

38,896 

22,190 

(105)

(78,208)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(492,966)
(77,702)
— 
— 
— 

(45,067)
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

580,652 

(570,668)

(45,067)

— 

— 

— 

— 

(2)

151 

— 

91 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

(34)

(117)

— 

— 

(60)

(105)

(78,208)

6,062 

359 

(2)

151 

16,310 

(62,812)
(77,702)
32,405 
(20,300)
30,450 

1,620 

326 

(34)

(117)

38,903 

22,190 

(35,071)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Balances, December 31, 2019

Cumulative impact of accounting
change
Net loss
Exercise of options and restricted
stock awards issued
Issuance of common stock under
employee purchase plan
Unrealized loss on investments
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Equity-based compensation
Balances, December 31, 2020

Net loss
Issuance of common stock
Cancellation of common stock
Issuance of preferred stock
Exercise of options and restricted
stock awards issued
Issuance of common stock under
employee purchase plan
Unrealized loss on investments
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Issuance of shares to retire
Convertible Senior Notes
Equity-based compensation
Balances, December 31, 2021

73

 
 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (CONTINUED)
(in thousands)

Preferred 
Shares

Preferred
Stock
Amount

Common 
Shares

Common
Stock
Amount

Contributed
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Treasury 
stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity

Balances, December 31, 2021

3,955 

Cumulative impact of accounting
change
Net loss
Issuance of common stock
Restricted stock awards issued and
exercise of options
Issuance of common stock under
employee purchase plan
Unrealized loss on investments
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Issuance of shares to retire
Convertible Senior Notes
Capital contribution from related-
party in connection with exchange
transaction
Warrants issued to related party
Equity-based compensation

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

Balances, December 31, 2022

3,955  $

4 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

4 

67,649 

— 

— 
17,500 

1,308 

222 

— 

— 

10,799 

— 

— 
— 

68 

— 

— 
17 

1 

— 

— 

— 

11 

— 

— 
— 

580,652 

(570,668)

(45,067)

(60)

(35,071)

(37,438)

25,922 

— 
32,855 

(62,493)
— 

6 

224 

— 

— 

10,169 

29,847 

3,753 
10,273 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

(14)

(326)

— 

— 

— 
— 

(11,516)

(62,493)
32,872 

7 

224 

(14)

(326)

10,180 

29,847 

3,753 
10,273 

97,478  $

97  $

630,341  $

(607,239) $

(45,067) $

(400) $

(22,264)

74

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of investment discount
Equity-based compensation expense
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
Amortization of debt discount related party
Realized loss on available-for-sale securities
Unrealized loss on equity investments
Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Inventory write-down

(Increase) decrease in assets:

Contributions to deferred compensation plan
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expense and other assets
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities and other
Accrued interest
Accrued interest from related-party
Deferred revenue and income
Deferred compensation

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of equipment
Purchase of marketable securities
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities
Maturities of marketable securities

Net cash provided by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of common and preferred shares, net
Proceeds from exercise of options
Proceeds from issuance of common stocks under employee purchase plan
Proceeds from debt
Payment of debt
Payments on finance leases
Debt exchange and common stock issuance cost

Net cash provided by financing activities

Years Ended December 31,
2021

2022

2020

$

(62,493) $

(77,702) $

(78,208)

3,000 
98 
10,625 
474 
834 
— 
211 
133 
(3,565)
— 

(298)
(96)
(236)
138 

2,920 
(861)
(437)
663 
96 
66 
(48,728)

(554)
(27,506)
— 
40,477 
12,417 

32,872 
7 
224 
— 
(80)
(1,201)
(192)
31,630 

2,518 
226 
22,047 
11,542 
— 
— 
— 
(75)
(9,793)
4,500 

(484)
(770)
(415)
1,014 

273 
(469)
(283)
— 
75 
473 
(47,323)

(603)
(30,081)
250 
38,738 
8,304 

42,880 
1,620 
326 
— 
(360)
— 
(1,240)
43,226 

2,997 
99 
16,464 
11,168 
— 
3 
— 
785 
— 
— 

(357)
1,592 
(1,356)
(2,087)

(1,006)
(909)
— 
— 
105 
316 
(50,394)

(1,362)
(46,933)
— 
61,901 
13,606 

359 
6,062 
— 
5,578 
(366)
— 
— 
11,633 

75

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands)

Effect of exchange rate on cash

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Non-cash investing activities:

Net transfer of instruments from inventory to property and equipment, net

Non-cash financing activities:

Extinguishment of convertible senior notes through issuance of common stock
Convertible notes due from related-party extinguished in connection with the
exchange transaction, net of deferred issuance costs
Fair value of new note from related-party issued in connection with the exchange
transaction
Fair value of common stock warrant issued to related-party in connection with
exchange transaction
Capital contribution from related-party in connection with the exchange
transaction
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for finance lease obligations

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid, net of refunds

Years Ended December 31,
2021

2022

2020

(312)

(90)

(78)

(4,993)
39,898 
34,905  $

4,117 
35,781 
39,898  $

(25,233)
61,014 
35,781 

168  $

688  $

1,525 

10,180  $

38,902  $

49,624  $

16,024  $

3,753  $

29,847  $
3,096  $

—  $

—  $

—  $

—  $
—  $

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

2,214  $
—  $

4,288  $
—  $

4,288 
43 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

76

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS; BASIS OF PRESENTATION; PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“we” or “us” or “our” or “Accelerate” or “the Company”) is an in vitro diagnostics company dedicated to

providing solutions that improve patient outcomes and lower healthcare costs through the rapid diagnosis of serious infections.

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting
principles, (“U.S. GAAP”), and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), regarding annual
financial reporting.

All amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  after  elimination  of

intercompany transactions and balances.

Liquidity and Going Concern

Since  inception,  the  Company  has  not  achieved  profitable  operations  or  positive  cash  flows  from  operations.  The  Company’s
accumulated deficit totaled $607.2 million as of December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company had a net loss
of $62.5 million and negative cash flows from operations of $48.7 million. As of December 31, 2022, the Company's 2.5% Convertible Senior
Notes (the “Notes”) had a maturity date of March 15, 2023 and the Company had a working capital deficit. The Notes matured on March 15,
2023 and became due and payable. On March 9, 2023, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement commencing on March 13, 2023
and ending on March 29, 2023. On March 29, 2023, the Company and noteholders agreed to further extend the forbearance period under
the forbearance agreement to April 5, 2023. See Note 10, Convertible Notes and Note 21, Subsequent Events for additional information. As
of  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  had  $45.6  million  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investments,  a  decrease  of  $18.0  million  from
$63.6 million at December 31, 2021. The primary reason for the decrease was due to cash used in operations during the period. The future
success  of  the  Company  is  dependent  on  its  ability  to  successfully  commercialize  its  products,  obtain  regulatory  clearance  for  and
successfully launch its future product candidates, obtain additional capital and ultimately attain profitable operations.

The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other early commercial stage life science companies, including, but not limited
to  commercially  launching  the  Company’s  products,  development  and  market  acceptance  of  the  Company’s  product  candidates,
development by its competitors of new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, and raising additional capital.

Historically, the Company has funded its operations primarily through multiple equity raises and the issuance of debt.

The  Company’s  primary  use  of  capital  has  been  for  the  development  and  commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and
development of complementary products. While the Company continues to explore additional funding in the form of potential equity and/or
debt financing arrangements or similar transactions, as well as non-cash means to settle or refinance the Notes, there can be no assurance
the necessary financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all.

77

Although  the  Company  is  actively  considering  all  available  strategic  alternatives  to  maximize  value,  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain
adequate  capital  resources  to  fund  operations  and  address  the  maturity  of  the  Notes  that  are  in  forbearance,  we  would  not  be  able  to
continue to operate our business pursuant to our current plans. This may require us to file a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code in order to implement a restructuring.

The Company is required to evaluate its financial condition as of the date of filing this Form 10-K pursuant to the requirements of
ASC 205-40, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. Management must evaluate whether there
are  conditions  or  events,  considered  in  the  aggregate,  that  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going
concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This evaluation initially does not take into consideration the
potential mitigating effect of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued.
When substantial doubt exists under this methodology, management evaluates whether the mitigating effect of its plans sufficiently alleviates
substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The mitigating effect of management’s plans, however, is only
considered if both (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date that the financial statements
are issued, and (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt
about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.

Based on its evaluation pursuant to ASC 205-40, the Company has determined that, as of the date of this Form 10-K filing, there is
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern, as the Company does not currently have adequate financial resources to
pay  its  outstanding  debt  obligation  under  the  Notes  and  to  fund  its  forecasted  operating  costs  for  at  least  twelve  months  from  the  date  of
issuance of these consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets
and  satisfaction  of  liabilities  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  The  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  relating  to  the
recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome
of the uncertainties described above.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  related  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the
consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  The  more  significant
areas  requiring  the  use  of  management  estimates  and  assumptions  relate  to  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  property  and  equipment,
accrued  liabilities,  warranty  liabilities,  convertible  notes,  tax  valuation  accounts,  equity–based  compensation,  revenue  and  leases.  Actual
results could differ materially from those estimates.

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company  follows  ASC  820, Fair  Value  Measurement,  which  has  defined  fair  value  and  requires  the  Company  to  establish  a
framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  disclose  fair  value  measurements.  The  framework  requires  the  valuation  of  assets  and  liabilities
subject  to  fair  value  measurements  using  a  three  tiered  approach  and  fair  value  measurement  be  classified  and  disclosed  in  one  of  the
following three categories:

•

•

•

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or
liabilities;
Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that
are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable
(i.e. supported by little or no market activity).

78

The  carrying  amounts  of  financial  instruments  such  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  accounts  receivable,  prepaid  expenses,
other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other current liabilities approximate the related fair values due to the short-
term maturities of these instruments.

See Note 4, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, for further information and related disclosures regarding the Company’s fair value

measurements.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s convertible notes represents a Level 2 measurement. See Note 10, Convertible Notes for

further detail on the Company’s convertible notes.

The  long-term  debt  with  a  related-party  consisting  of  the  Secured  Note  (as  defined  in  Note  11)  and  the  Warrant  are  instruments
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis using Level 3 inputs. See Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party for further detail on the
Secured Note and the Warrant.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  at  time  of  purchase  are  considered  to  be  cash
equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include overnight repurchase agreement accounts and other investments. As part of the Company’s
cash management process, excess operating cash is invested in overnight repurchase agreements with its bank. Repurchase agreements
and other investments classified as cash and cash equivalents are not deposits and are not insured by the U.S. Government, the FDIC or
any other government agency and involve investment risk including possible loss of principal. The Company diversifies its cash holdings, but
does have deposits at three institutions in excess of the FDIC coverage limit. Notwithstanding the possibility of bank failures, we believe that
as  a  result  of  the  Company’s  selected  banks,  diversified  holdings  strategy,  and  the  U.S.  Government’s  continued  support  to  stabilize  the
banking  system,  such  as  steps  taken  in  March  2023  as  a  result  of  bank  failures,  that  the  market  risk  arising  from  holding  these  financial
instruments is minimal.

Investments

The Company invests in various debt and equity securities which are primarily held in the custody of major financial institutions. Debt
securities  consist  of  certificates  of  deposit,  U.S.  government  and  agency  securities,  commercial  paper,  and  corporate  notes  and  bonds.
Equity  securities  consist  of  mutual  funds.  The  Company  records  these  investments  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  fair  value.
Unrealized gains or losses for debt securities available-for-sale and are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a component of
stockholders’ deficit. Unrealized gains or losses for equity securities are included in other income (expense), net, a component of statements
of  operations  and  comprehensive  loss.  The  Company  considers  all  debt  securities  available-for-sale,  including  those  with  maturity  dates
beyond 12 months, as available to support current operational liquidity needs. The Company classifies its investments as current based on
the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations.

We  perform  an  assessment  to  determine  whether  there  have  been  any  events  or  economic  circumstances  to  indicate  that  a  debt
security available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position has suffered impairment as a result of credit loss or other factors. A debt security is
considered impaired if its fair value is less than its amortized cost basis at the reporting date.

If we intend to sell the debt security or if it is more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the debt security before the recovery
of  its  amortized  cost  basis,  the  impairment  is  recognized  and  the  unrealized  loss  is  recorded  as  a  direct  write-down  of  the  security's
amortized cost basis with an offsetting entry to earnings. If we do not intend to sell the debt security or believe we will not be required to sell
the debt security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is assessed to determine if a credit loss component exists.
We  use  a  discounted  cash  flow  method  to  determine  the  credit  loss  component.  In  the  event  a  credit  loss  exists,  an  allowance  for  credit
losses is recorded in earnings for the credit loss component of the impairment while the remaining portion of the impairment attributable to
factors  other  than  credit  loss  is  recognized,  net  of  tax,  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  The  amount  of  impairment
recognized due to credit factors is limited to the excess of the amortized cost basis over the fair value of the security.

79

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company determines the cost of inventory using the first-in, first
out  method.  The  Company  estimates  the  recoverability  of  inventory  by  reference  to  internal  estimates  of  future  demands  and  product  life
cycles, including expiration. The  Company  periodically  analyzes  its  inventory  levels  to  identify  inventory  that  may  expire  prior  to  expected
sale or has a cost basis in excess of its estimated realizable value and records a charge to expense for such inventory as appropriate.

We  charge  cost  of  sales  for  inventory  provisions  to  write-down  our  inventory  to  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value  or  for
obsolete  or  excess  inventory.  Most  of  our  inventory  provisions  relate  to  excess  quantities  of  products,  based  on  our  inventory  levels  and
future  product  purchase  commitments  compared  to  assumptions  about  future  demand  and  market  conditions.  Once  inventory  has  been
written-off or written-down, it creates a new cost basis for the inventory that is not subsequently written-up.

See Note 6, Inventory, for further information and related disclosures.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company for sales to customers and are based on what we expect to collect in
exchange  for  goods  and  services.  Receivables  are  considered  past  due  based  on  the  contractual  payment  terms  and  are  written  off  if
reasonable collection efforts prove unsuccessful.

We maintain an allowance for credit losses for expected uncollectible accounts receivable, which is recorded as an offset to accounts
receivable  and  changes  in  such  are  classified  as  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  We
assess collectibility by reviewing accounts receivable on a collective basis where similar characteristics exist and on an individual basis when
we identify specific customers with known disputes or collectibility issues. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we
consider  historical  collectibility  and  make  judgments  about  the  creditworthiness  of  customers  based  on  credit  evaluations.  Our customers
typically have good credit quality. We also consider customer-specific information, current market conditions and reasonable and supportable
forecasts of future economic conditions to inform adjustments to historical loss data.

The allowance for credit losses for the year ended December 31 is comprised of the following (in thousands):

Beginning balance
Provisions
Write-offs

2022

2021

2020

140  $
204 
(20)
324  $

445  $
123 
(428)
140  $

— 
684 
(239)
445 

$

$

The provisions recorded during the year ended December 31, 2022, are primarily in connection with aged net investment in sales-

type leases.

The  write-offs  and  provisions  recorded  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  are  primarily  due  to  restructuring
activity  of  the  Company's  Europe,  Middle  East  and  Africa  (“EMEA”)  business.  These  credit  losses  were  incurred  as  part  of  the  Company
terminating agreements with select distributors in geographies it exited and did not pursue collection of these accounts receivables.

Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.  Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred  and  expenditures  for
major improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses from retirement or replacement are included in costs and expenses. Depreciation of
property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets, ranging from one to seven
years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the remaining life of the lease or the life of the asset, whichever is less.

80

Instruments Classified as Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  includes  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  (also  referred  to  as  instruments)  used  for  sales  demonstrations,
instruments  under  rental  agreements  and  instruments  used  for  research  and  development.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments  used  for
sales  demonstrations  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments
placed  at  customer  sites  pursuant  to  reagent  rental  agreements  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales.  Depreciation  expense  for
instruments used in our laboratory and research is recorded as a component of research and development expense. The Company retains
title to these instruments and depreciates them over five years. Losses from the retirement of returned instruments are included in costs and
expenses.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amount of its instruments whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, and at least annually. This evaluation is based on our estimate of
future cash flows and the estimated fair value of such long-lived assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the
estimated fair value are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of instruments.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  the  Company  identified  potential  impairment  indicators  related  to  instruments
installed at customer sites under rental agreement that have not yet generated revenue and the length of time from when these instruments
are  installed  to  when  revenue  is  initially  generated.  The  Company’s  evaluation  for  impairment  included  consideration  of  the  cash  flows  of
current  revenue  generating  instruments,  the  length  of  time  to  recover  the  carrying  value,  the  historical  rate  of  returned  instruments  from
customers  and  the  Company’s  ability  to  resell  or  repurpose  used  instruments.  As  a  result  of  the  Company’s  evaluation,  no  impairment
charges were recorded at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

See Note 7, Property and Equipment, for further information and related disclosures.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  continuously
evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets based on estimated future cash flows from and the estimated fair value of such long-lived
assets,  and  provides  for  impairment  if  such  undiscounted  cash  flows  or  the  estimated  fair  value  are  insufficient  to  recover  the  carrying
amount of the long-lived asset.

Warranty Reserve

Instruments are typically sold with a one year limited warranty, while kits and accessories are typically sold with a sixty days limited
warranty. Accordingly,  a  provision  for  the  estimated  cost  of  the  limited  warranty  repair  is  recorded  at  the  time  revenue  is  recognized.  Our
estimated  warranty  provision  is  based  on  our  estimate  of  future  repair  events  and  the  related  estimated  cost  of  repairs.  The  Company
periodically assesses the adequacy of the warranty reserve and adjusts the amount as necessary. The cost incurred for these provisions is
included in cost of sales on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Product warranty reserve activity for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

Beginning balance
Provisions
Warranty cost incurred

81

2022

2021

2020

$

$

139  $
389 
(303)
225  $

232  $
(22)
(71)
139  $

403 
13 
(184)
232 

Convertible Notes

On January 1, 2022 the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other
Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). As a result, the Notes are now
accounted  for  as  a  single  liability  measured  at  their  amortized  cost.  The  Notes  are  no  longer  bifurcated  between  debt  and  equity  and  are
instead accounted for entirely as debt at face value net of any discount or premium and issuance costs. Interest expense is comprised of (1)
cash interest payments, (2) amortization of any debt discounts or premiums based on the original offering, and (3) amortization of any debt
issuance  costs.  Gain  or  loss  on  extinguishment  of  Notes  is  calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  (i)  fair  value  of  the  consideration
transferred and (ii) the sum of the carrying value of the debt at the time of repurchase.

See  Recently  Issued  Accounting  Pronouncements,  section  in  this  footnote  and  Note  10,  Convertible  Notes,  for  further  information

and related disclosures.

Accounting for Government Assistance

The Company follows ASC 832, Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance, which aims to provide increased
transparency by requiring business entities to disclose information about certain types of government assistance they receive in the notes to
the financial statements.

The Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) Loan, was established by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”)
Act,  through  a  significant  expansion  of  the  Small  Business  Administration  (“SBA”)  7(a)  loan  program.  During  April  2020,  the  Company
entered into a promissory note (the “PPP Note”) evidencing an unsecured loan in the amount of $4.8 million.

The Company elected to account for the PPP Note in accordance with ASC 470, Debt, with interest accrued in accordance with the
interest method under ASC 835-30, Imputation of Interest. The Company recognized the entire PPP Note amount as a liability on the balance
sheet,  with  interest  accrued  and  expensed  over  the  term  of  the  loan.  The  Company  did  not  impute  additional  interest  at  a  market  rate
because transactions where interest rates are prescribed by governmental agencies are excluded from the scope of ASC 835-30. The PPP
Note remained a liability until the Company was legally released from being the primary obligor under the liability (i.e. when the PPP Note
was forgiven). During July 2021, the SBA informed the Company of its full forgiveness for the entire loan amount plus accrued interest, which
was $4.8 million as of the date of forgiveness.

The  SBA’s  determination  of  loan  forgiveness  does  not  preclude  further  investigation  by  the  SBA  according  to  its  rules  and
regulations. As a result of the approval of the Company's application for forgiveness the Company recorded income from the extinguishment
as a gain, recorded to other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2021.

See Note 9, Long-Term Debt for further detail regarding the PPP Note.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised good or service is transferred to its customers, in an amount that
reflects  the  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  Sales  taxes  are  excluded  from
revenues.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:
Identification of the contract with a customer
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

•
•
• Determination of the transaction price
•
• Recognition of revenue as we satisfy a performance obligation

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations

Product revenue is derived from the sale or rental of instruments and sales of related consumable products. When an instrument is
sold, revenue is generally recognized upon installation of the unit consistent with contract terms, which do not include a right of return. When
a consumable product is sold, revenue is generally recognized upon shipment. Invoices are generally issued when revenue is recognized.
Payment terms vary by the type and

82

location of the customer and the products or services offered. The term between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant.

Service  revenue  is  derived  from  the  sale  of  extended  service  agreements  which  are  generally  non-cancellable.  This  revenue  is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term beginning on the effective date of the contract because the Company is standing
ready to provide services. Invoices are generally issued annually and coincide with the beginning of individual service terms.

The  Company’s  contracts  with  customers  may  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  such  arrangements,  the  Company
allocates revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The Company generally determines relative
standalone selling prices based on the price charged to customers for each individual performance obligation.

Sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales force are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract
with a customer. The  Company  has  determined  these  costs  would  have  an  amortization  period  of  less  than  one  year  and  has  elected  to
recognize  them  as  an  expense  when  incurred.  Contract  asset  opening  and  closing  balances  were  immaterial  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020.

Gross Profit (Loss) and Gross Margin

Gross  profit  consists  of  total  revenue,  net  of  allowances,  less  cost  of  sales.  Cost  of  sales  includes  cost  of  materials,  direct  labor,
equity-based compensation, facility and other manufacturing overhead costs for consumable tests and instruments sold to customers. Cost
of  sales  for  instruments  also  includes  depreciation  on  revenue  generating  instruments  that  have  been  placed  with  our  customers  under  a
reagent rental agreement. Cost of sales includes repair and maintenance cost for instruments covered by a service agreement or instruments
covered by a reagent rental agreement. Cost of sales also includes warranty related costs.

The Company’s overall gross margin was 26%, (3)% and 40% for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2020, the Company recorded gross profit, while recording a gross loss during the
year end December 31, 2021. The Company incurred a one-time inventory write-down of $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021
which put the Company in a gross loss position. No write-downs of inventory were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2022 and
2020. An immaterial amount of this inventory was sold to customers for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Company manufactures pre-launch inventory in advance of regulatory approval. This inventory is expensed before an economic
benefit is probable. Pre-launch inventory sold to customers, previously not capitalized and expensed in a previous year for the years ended
December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0.6 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included as a component of revenue. The corresponding expense incurred with
third party carriers is included as a component of sales, general and administrative costs on the consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive loss.

Restructure Activity

During the year ended December 31, 2020, following the completion of a strategic review of the Company's Europe, Middle East and
Africa (“EMEA”) business, the Company's board of directors (the “Board”) approved a plan to reduce its workforce, focus the geographies it
plans to operate in, and terminate agreements with some distributors in geographies it plans on exiting (collectively, the “EMEA Restructuring
Plan”). As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  substantially  completed  the  workforce  reduction  portion  of  the  EMEA  Restructuring  Plan.
Restructuring  charges  are  primarily  comprised  of  employee  severance  and  other  post-employment  benefits.  The  Company  evaluates  the
nature of these costs to determine if they relate to on-going benefit arrangements which are accounted for under ASC 712, Compensation -
Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits, or one-time benefit arrangements which are accounted for under ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations. The Company incurred

83

expenses of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, in connection with the EMEA Restructuring Plan which was primarily a
component  of  ASC  712.  These  expenses  were  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  costs  on  the  consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive loss. No material restructuring liabilities were outstanding as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and
2020.

Leases

The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains
a lease and the type of lease at inception. The Company classifies leases as finance leases (lessee) or sales-type leases (lessor) when there
is either a transfer of ownership of the underlying asset by the end of the lease term, the lease contains an option to purchase the asset that
we are reasonably certain will be exercised, the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the asset, the present value
of the lease payments and any residual value guarantee equals or substantially exceeds all the fair value of the asset, or the asset is of such
a specialized nature that it will have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. Payments contingent on future events (i.e.
based  on  usage)  are  considered  variable  and  excluded  from  lease  payments  for  the  purposes  of  classification  and  initial  measurement.
Several  of  our  leases  include  options  to  renew  or  extend  the  term  upon  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties  and  others  include  one-year
extensions exercisable by the lessee. None of our leases contain residual value guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

To determine whether a contract contains a lease, the Company uses its judgment in assessing whether the lessor retains a material
amount of economic benefit from an underlying asset, whether explicitly or implicitly identified, which party holds control over the direction
and use of the asset, and whether any substantive substitution rights over the asset exist.

Leases as Lessee

Operating leases are included in right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and corresponding lease liabilities, and finance leases are included in
ROU assets and corresponding lease liabilities within our condensed consolidated balance sheets. These assets represent our right to use
an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  ROU
assets and their related liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.
Typically, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement in determining the present value of
lease  payments.  We  use  the  implicit  rate  when  readily  determinable.  ROU  assets  are  net  of  lease  payments  made  and  exclude  lease
incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which may include options to extend
or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option.

Our operating leases consist primarily of leased office, factory, and laboratory space in the U.S. and office space in Europe, have
between  two  and  six-year  terms,  and  typically  contain  penalizing,  early-termination  provisions.  Our  finance  leases  consist  of  leased
equipment and have three-year terms.

Leases as Lessor

The  Company  leases  instruments  to  customers  under  “reagent  rental”  agreements,  whereby  the  customer  agrees  to  purchase
consumable  products  over  a  stated  term,  typically  five  years  or  less,  for  a  volume-based  price  that  includes  an  embedded  rental  for  the
instruments.  When  collectibility  is  probable,  that  amount  is  recognized  as  income  at  lease  commencement  for  sales-type  leases  and  as
product is shipped, typically in a straight–line pattern, over the term for operating leases, which typically include a termination without cause
or penalty provision given a short notice period.

Consideration  is  allocated  between  lease  and  non-lease  components  based  on  stand-alone  selling  price  in  accordance  with  ASC

606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Net investment in sales-type leases are included within our condensed consolidated balance sheets as a component of other current
assets  and  other  non-current  assets,  which  include  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  received  and  the  present  value  of  the
residual asset, which are determined using the information available at commencement, including the lease term, estimated useful life, rate
implicit in the lease, and expected fair value of the instrument.

84

See Note 16, Leases for further information.

Nonqualified Cash Deferral Plan

The Company's Cash Deferral Plan (the “Deferral Plan”), provides certain key employees, with an opportunity to defer the receipt of
such  participant's  base  salary.  The  Deferral  Plan  is  intended  to  be  a  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plan  that  complies  with  the
provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. All of the investments held in the Deferral Plan are equity securities consisting of
mutual  funds  and  recorded  at  fair  value  with  changes  in  the  investments'  fair  value  recognized  as  earnings  in  the  period  they  occur.  The
corresponding liability for the Deferral Plan is included in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

Equity-Based Compensation

The  Company  may  award  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  performance-based  awards  and  other  equity-based
instruments to its employees, directors and consultants. Compensation cost related to equity-based instruments is based on the fair value of
the instrument on the grant date, and is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for each
tranche  (an  accelerated  attribution  method).  Performance-based  awards  vest  based  on  the  achievement  of  performance  targets.
Compensation  costs  associated  with  performance-based  awards  are  recognized  over  the  requisite  service  period  based  on  probability  of
achievement.  Performance-based  awards  require  management  to  make  assumptions  regarding  the  likelihood  of  achieving  performance
targets.

The Company estimates the fair value of service based and performance based stock option awards, including modifications of stock
option awards, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model derives the fair value of stock options based on certain assumptions
related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

•

•

Volatility:  The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company's  stock  price  over  the  most  recent  period
commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award.
Expected  term:  The  estimate  expected  term  for  employee  awards  is  based  on  a  simplified  method  that  considers  an  insufficient
history of employee exercises. For consultant awards, the estimated expected term is the same as the life of the award.

• Risk-free  interest  rate:  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  published  U.S.  Treasury  rates  for  a  term  commensurate  with  the

expected term.

• Dividend yield: The dividend yield is estimated as zero as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not have any

plans to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company records the fair value of RSUs or stock grants based on the published closing market price on the day before the grant

date.

The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated basis.

The  Company  also  has  an  employee  stock  purchase  program  whereby  eligible  employees  can  elect  payroll  deductions  that  are
subsequently used to purchase common stock at a discounted price. There is no compensation recorded for this program as (i) the purchase
discount does not exceed the issuance costs that would have been incurred to raise a significant amount of capital by a public offering, (ii)
substantially  all  employees  that  meet  limited  employment  qualifications  may  participate  on  an  equitable  basis,  and  (iii)  the  plan  doesn't
incorporate option features that would require compensation to be recorded.

See Note 13, Employee Equity-Based Compensation for further information.

Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of
assets  and  liabilities  and  amounts  reported  in  the  accompanying  balance  sheets.  The  change  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the
period  represents  the  deferred  tax  provision  or  benefit  for  the  period.  Effects  of  changes  in  enacted  tax  laws  in  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are reflected as an adjustment to the tax provision or benefit in the period of enactment.

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes, to account for any uncertainty in income

85

taxes with respect to the accounting for all tax positions taken (or expected to be taken) on any income tax return. This guidance applies to
all  open  tax  periods  in  all  tax  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  is  required  to  file  an  income  tax  return.  Under  U.S.  GAAP,  in  order  to
recognize an uncertain tax benefit the taxpayer must be more likely than not certain of sustaining the position, and the measurement of the
benefit is calculated as the largest amount that is more likely than not to be realized upon resolution of the position. Interest and penalties, if
any, would be recorded within tax expense.

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions

Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  foreign  functional  currency  financial  statements  into  U.S.  Dollars  are  included  in  the  foreign
currency  translation  adjustment,  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  stockholders’
deficit.

The Company has assets and liabilities, including receivables and payables, which are denominated in currencies other than their
functional currency. These balance sheet items are subject to re-measurement, the impact of which is recorded in foreign currency exchange
gain and loss, within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Loss Per Share

Basic  loss  per  share  includes  no  dilution  and  is  computed  by  dividing  loss  available  to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted
average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  the  period.  Potentially  dilutive  common  shares  consist  of  shares  issuable  from  stock
options, unvested RSUs and exercise of the Warrant. Potentially dilutive common shares also include common shares that would be issued
upon debt conversion, exchange for Series A Preferred Stock, or in connection with a securities purchase agreement. Diluted earnings are
not presented when the effect of adding such additional common shares is antidilutive.

See Note 12, Loss Per Share, for further information.

Comprehensive Loss

In addition to net loss, comprehensive loss includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by
and  distributions  to  owners.  The  Company  holds  debt  securities  as  available-for-sale  and  records  the  change  in  fair  market  value  as  a
component  of  comprehensive  loss.  The  Company  also  has  adjustments  resulting  from  translating  foreign  functional  currency  financial
statements into U.S. Dollars which is included as a component of comprehensive loss.

86

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Standards that were recently adopted

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt –
Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-
40).  This  update  simplifies  the  accounting  for  convertible  debt  instruments  by  removing  the  beneficial  conversion  and  cash  conversion
separation models for convertible instruments. Under the update, the embedded conversion features are no longer separated from the host
contract for convertible instruments with conversion features that are not required to be accounted for as derivatives or that do not result in
substantial premiums accounted for as paid-in capital. The update also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity
that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, ASU 2020-06 requires the application of
the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share, which the Company already uses. The Company adopted the standard on
January  1,  2022  through  application  of  the  modified  retrospective  method  of  transition.  The  Company  applied  the  standard  to  the  Notes
outstanding as of January 1, 2022, as discussed in Note 10, Convertible Notes. As  a  result,  the  Notes  are  now  accounted  for  as  a  single
liability measured at their amortized cost. The Notes are no longer bifurcated between debt and equity and are instead accounted for entirely
as debt at face value net of any discount or premium and issuance costs. Interest expense is comprised of (1) cash interest payments, (2)
amortization of any debt discounts or premiums based on the original offering, and (3) amortization of any debt issuance costs. On January
1,  2022,  the  cumulative  effect  of  adoption  resulted  in  an  increase  in  the  net  carrying  amount  of  the  Notes  of  $11.5  million,  a  decrease  in
additional-paid-in-capital of $37.4 million, and a decrease in accumulated deficit of $25.9 million.

In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-04, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt - Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic
470-50), Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Topic 815 - 40).
ASU  2021-04  codifies  the  final  consensus  reached  by  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (EITF)  on  how  an  issuer  should  account  for
modifications made to equity-classified written call options (hereafter referred to as a warrant to purchase the issuer’s common stock). The
guidance in the ASU requires the issuer to treat a modification of an equity-classified warrant that does not cause the warrant to become
liability-classified as an exchange of the original warrant for a new warrant. This guidance applies whether the modification is structured as
an amendment to the terms and conditions of the warrant or as termination of the original warrant and issuance of a new warrant. This ASU
was adopted January 1, 2022, and did not impact the Company's consolidated financial statements at January 1, 2022.

In  November  2021,  ASU  2021-10,  Government  Assistance  (Topic  832),  Disclosures  by  Business  Entities  about  Government
Assistance,  which  aims  to  provide  increased  transparency  by  requiring  business  entities  to  disclose  information  about  certain  types  of
government assistance they receive in the notes to the financial statements. ASU 2021-10 also adds a new Topic to ASC 832, Government
Assistance  to  the  FASB’s  Codification.  This  ASU  was  adopted  January  1,  2022,  and  did  not  impact  the  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements at January 1, 2022.

Standards not yet adopted

In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-01, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging - Portfolio Layer Method.
ASU  2022-01  is  related  to  the  portfolio  layer  method  of  hedge  accounting.  The  amendments  in  this  update  clarify  the  accounting  and
promote consistency in reporting for hedges where the portfolio layer method is applied. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning
after  December  15,  2022,  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  We  do  not  expect  the  update  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the
consolidated financial statements.

In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and
Vintage  Disclosures.  ASU  2022-02  relates  to  troubled  debt  restructurings  (“TDRs”)  and  vintage  disclosures  for  financing  receivables.  The
amendments in this update eliminate the accounting guidance for TDRs by creditors while enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan
refinancing  and  restructurings  by  creditors  made  to  borrowers  experiencing  financial  difficulty.  The  amendments  also  require  disclosure  of
current-period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not expect the update to have a material effect
on the consolidated financial statements.

87

NOTE 3. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-

term investments and accounts receivable, including receivables from major customers.

The Company has financial institutions for banking operations that hold 10% or more of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents.
As  of  December  31,  2022,  three  of  the  Company's  financial  institutions  held  52%,  24%  and  21%  of  the  Company’s  cash  and  cash
equivalents, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, one of the Company's financial institutions held 72% of the Company’s cash and cash
equivalents.

The Company grants credit to domestic and international clients in various industries. Exposure to losses on accounts receivable is
principally dependent on each client's financial position. The Company had one customer that accounted for 15% and 13% of the Company’s
net accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The  Company  did  not  have  any  customers  that  represented  10%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  total  revenue  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following tables represent the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis on the financial statements of the
Company and the valuation approach applied to each class of financial instruments at December 31 (see Note 2, Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies for further information):

2022
(in thousands)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$

$

7,194  $
7,194 

928 
928 

— 
3,009 
— 
— 
3,009 
11,131  $

—  $
— 

— 
— 

2,541 
— 
424 
3,754 
6,719 
6,719  $

—  $
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $

7,194 
7,194 

928 
928 

2,541 
3,009 
424 
3,754 
9,728 
17,850 

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds

Total cash and cash equivalents
Equity investments:

Mutual funds

Total equity investments
Debt securities available-for-sale:

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total debt securities available-for-sale

Total assets measured at fair value

88

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds
Commercial paper

Total cash and cash equivalents
Equity investments:

Mutual funds

Total equity investments
Debt securities available-for-sale:

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total debt securities available-for-sale

Total assets measured at fair value

2021
(in thousands)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$

$

5,563  $
— 
5,563 

841 
841 

— 
250 
— 
— 
250 
6,654  $

—  $

200 
200 

— 
— 

1,351 
— 
8,046 
13,232 
22,629 
22,829  $

—  $
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $

5,563 
200 
5,763 

841 
841 

1,351 
250 
8,046 
13,232 
22,879 
29,483 

Highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  at  time  of  purchase  are  included  in  cash  and  cash

equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Level  1  assets  are  priced  using  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  which  include  money  market  funds  and  U.S.

Treasury securities as these specific assets are liquid.

Level 2 available-for-sale securities are priced using quoted market prices for similar instruments or nonbinding market prices that
are corroborated by observable market data. The Company uses inputs such as actual trade data, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes,
and  other  similar  data,  which  are  obtained  from  quoted  market  prices,  independent  pricing  vendors,  or  other  sources,  to  determine  the
ultimate  fair  value  of  these  assets  and  liabilities.  The  Company  uses  such  pricing  data  as  the  primary  input  to  make  its  assessments  and
determinations  as  to  the  ultimate  valuation  of  its  investment  portfolio  and  has  not  made,  during  the  periods  presented,  any  material
adjustments to such inputs.

There were no transfers between levels during the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Company has Notes, as described in Note 10, Convertible Notes. At December 31, 2022, the Notes had an outstanding principle
of $56.6 million with a fair value of $51.9 million. At December 31, 2021, the Notes had an outstanding principle of $120.5 million with a fair
value of $89.4 million. The fair value of the Notes is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

The Secured Note is an instrument measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis using Level 3 inputs. The estimated fair value of
the Secured Note on August 15, 2022 was $16.0 million. See Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party for further detail on the Secured Note.

The warrant is an instrument measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis using Level 3 inputs. The estimated fair value of the
warrant on August 15, 2022 was $3.8 million. See Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party for further detail on the Company’s warrant with a
related-party.

For  certain  other  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  including  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities,  the

carrying amounts approximate their fair value due to the relatively short maturity of these balances.

89

NOTE 5. INVESTMENTS

The following tables summarize the Company’s debt securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31 (in thousands):

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS
2022
(in thousands)

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

2,548  $
3,015 
425 
3,769 
9,757  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

(7) $
(6)
(1)
(15)
(29) $

2,541 
3,009 
424 
3,754 
9,728 

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS
2021
(in thousands)

Amortized Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

1,351  $
250 
8,048 
13,245 
22,894  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
(2)
(13)
(15) $

1,351 
250 
8,046 
13,232 
22,879 

Certificates of deposit
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total

Certificates of deposit
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total

The following table summarizes the maturities of the Company’s debt securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31 (in

thousands):

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT MATURITIES

(in thousands)
2022

2021

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

$

$

9,757  $
— 
9,757  $

9,728  $
— 
9,728  $

22,663  $
231 
22,894  $

22,649 
230 
22,879 

Due in less than 1 year
Due in 1-5 years

Total

Proceeds  from  sales  of  marketable  securities  (including  principal  payments)  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022,  2021  and
2020,  were  $0.0  million,  $0.3  million  and  $0.0  million,  respectively.  The  Company  determines  gains  and  losses  of  marketable  securities
based on specific identification of the securities sold. There were no material realized gains or losses from sales of marketable securities for
the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. No material balances were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss
for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. No unrealized losses on debt securities available-for-sale have been recognized in
income for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 as the issuers of such securities held by us were of high credit quality.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were no holdings of debt securities available-for-sale of any one issuer, other than the

U.S. government, in an amount greater than 10%. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
were no debt securities available-for-sale in a material unrealized loss position.

Equity securities are comprised of investments in mutual funds. The fair value of equity securities at December 31, 2022 and 2021
were $0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Unrealized losses or gains on equity securities recorded in income during the year ended
December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

Unrealized loss on equity investments

2022

2021

2020

$

(211) $

—  $

— 

These  unrealized  gains  or  losses  are  recorded  as  a  component  of  other  income  (expense),  net.  There  were  no  realized  gains  or

losses from equity securities during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

Additional information regarding the fair value of our financial instruments is included in Note 4, Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

NOTE 6. INVENTORY

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

Inventory

2022

2021

$

$

1,827  $
2,115 
1,252 
5,194  $

1,343 
1,625 
2,099 
5,067 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded a charge of $4.5 million to cost of sales to write-down excess

quantities of instrument raw materials and work in process inventory. There was no write-down of inventory required in 2022.

NOTE 7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Computer equipment
Technical equipment
Facilities
Instruments
Capital projects in progress
Total property and equipment
Accumulated depreciation

Net property and equipment

2022

2021

$

$

$

3,551  $
3,236 
3,663 
3,735 
114 
14,299  $
(10,821)

3,478  $

3,181 
3,285 
3,675 
5,364 
683 
16,188 
(10,799)
5,389 

Depreciation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022,  2021  and  2020  was  $1.7  million,  $2.0  million  and  $2.4  million,

respectively.

91

Instruments at cost and accumulated depreciation where the Company is the lessor under operating leases consisted of the following

at December 31 (in thousands):

Instruments at cost under operating leases
Accumulated depreciation under operating leases

Net property and equipment under operating leases

2022

2021

$

$

2,585  $
(1,209)
1,376  $

3,110 
(1,165)
1,945 

NOTE 8. DEFERRED REVENUE AND REMAINING PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

Deferred  revenue  consists  of  amounts  received  for  products  or  services  not  yet  delivered  or  earned.  Deferred income consists of
amounts received for commitments not yet fulfilled. If we anticipate that the revenue or income will not be earned within the following twelve
months, the amount is reported as long-term deferred income. A summary of the balances as of December 31 follows (in thousands):

Products and services not yet delivered

Deferred revenue

2022

2021

$
$

547  $
547  $

451 
451 

We recognized $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million of revenues during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020,
respectively, that were included in the contract liabilities balances at the beginning of the period. No material amount of revenue recognized
during the current period was from performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.

Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations

As  of  December  31,  2022,  $8.1  million  of  revenue  is  expected  to  be  recognized  from  remaining  performance  obligations  under
existing  customer  contracts.  This  balance  primarily  relates  to  product  shipments  for  reagents  sold  to  customers  under  sales-type  lease
agreements. These  agreements  have  between  two  and  four  year  terms  and  revenue  is  recognized  as  product  is  shipped,  typically  on  a
straight-line  basis.  The  remaining  balance  relates  to  executed  service  contracts  that  begin  as  warranty  periods  expire.  These  service
contracts typically provide for four-year terms and revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis.

The Company elects not to disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an expected length of one

year or less and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed.

NOTE 9. LONG-TERM DEBT

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

Other Loans - various interest

Total debt
Current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt

PPP Loan

2022

2021

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

80 
80 
80 
— 

$

$

During April 2020, the Company entered into the PPP Note evidencing an unsecured loan in the amount of $4.8 million made to the

Company under the PPP. The PPP was established under the CARES Act and is administered by the SBA.

During September 2020, the Company's loan provider amended the PPP Note per the Paycheck Protection

92

Program  Flexibility  Act  (“PPP  Flexibility  Act”),  which  was  enacted  after  the  PPP  Note  was  approved  and  funded.  The  PPP  Flexibility  Act
amended the CARES Act to require that all PPP notes made prior to June 5, 2020 be extended to a 5-year term. In accordance with this
amendment the PPP Notes’ original maturity date of April 14, 2022 was amended to April 14, 2025. The original terms of the loan required 18
monthly  payments  of  principal  and  interest  in  the  amount  of  $0.3  million  starting  November  14,  2020.  The  amended  terms  required  45
monthly  payments  of  principal  and  interest  in  the  amount  of  $0.1  million  starting  August  14,  2021.  The  PPP  Note’s  interest  rate  was
unchanged and bore an interest at a rate of 1% per annum.

The  proceeds  from  the  PPP  Note  could  only  be  used  for  payroll  costs  (including  benefits),  interest  on  mortgage  obligations,  rent,

utilities and interest on certain other debt obligations.

Pursuant to the terms of the CARES Act and the PPP, the Company could apply to the lender for forgiveness for the amount due on
the Loan. The amount eligible for forgiveness was based on the amount of Loan proceeds used by the Company (during the 24-week period
after  the  lender  made  the  first  disbursement  of  loan  proceeds)  for  the  payment  of  certain  covered  costs,  including  payroll  costs  (including
benefits), rent and utilities, subject to certain limitations and reductions in accordance with the CARES Act and the PPP.

During January 2021, the Company submitted its application for forgiveness to the lender. During July 2021, the SBA informed the
Company of its full forgiveness for the entire loan amount plus accrued interest, which was $4.8 million as of the date of forgiveness. The
SBA’s  determination  of  loan  forgiveness  does  not  preclude  further  investigation  by  the  SBA  according  to  its  rules  and  regulations.  With
approval of the Company's application for forgiveness the Company recorded a gain on extinguishment of $4.8 million during the year ended
December 31, 2021.

NOTE 10. CONVERTIBLE NOTES

On March 27, 2018, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.50% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023. In
connection  with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  granted  the  initial  purchasers  of  the  Notes  a  13-day  option  to  purchase  up  to  an
additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes on the same terms and conditions. On April 4, 2018 the option was partially
exercised, which resulted in $21.5 million of additional proceeds, for total proceeds of $171.5 million. The Notes matured on March 15, 2023.

The Company incurred issuance costs related to the issuance of the Notes which is amortized over the five-year contractual term of

the Notes using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate on the Notes, including accretion of the Notes to par was 3.2%.

The  Notes  include  customary  terms  and  covenants,  including  certain  events  of  default  upon  which  the  Notes  may  be  due  and
payable immediately. Holders had the option to convert the Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount at any time prior to December 15,
2022, but only in the following circumstances:

if  the  Company’s  stock  price  exceeds  130%  of  the  conversion  price  for  20  of  the  last  30  trading  days  of  any  calendar  quarter
after June 30, 2018;
during the 5 business day period after any 5 consecutive trading day period in which the Notes’ trading price is less than 98% of
the product of the common stock price times the conversion rate; or
the occurrence of certain corporate events, such as a change of control, merger or liquidation.

•

•

•

93

At any time on or after December 15, 2022, a holder could have converted its Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount. Holders
of the Notes who convert their Notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture pursuant to which the
Notes  were  issued  (the  “Indenture”))  were,  under  certain  circumstances,  entitled  to  an  increase  in  the  conversion  rate.  In  addition,  in  the
event  of  a  fundamental  change  or  event  of  default  prior  to  the  Maturity  Date,  holders,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  had  the  right,  at  their
option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all or part of the Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

As of December 31, 2022, $56.4 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes were outstanding and convertible pursuant to their
original  terms,  none  of  which  were  converted  prior  to  the  Maturity  Date.  The  Notes  matured  on  March  15,  2023  and  became  due  and
payable. On March 9, 2023, the Company entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the “Forbearance Agreement”), which became effective
on March 13, 2023, with certain holders of the Notes holding approximately 85% of the Company’s outstanding Notes (collectively, the “Ad
Hoc  Noteholder  Group”),  the  trustee  for  the  Notes  (the  “Trustee”)  and  any  other  owner  of  the  Notes  who  executes  and  delivers  to  the
Company  a  joinder  to  the  Forbearance  Agreement  (collectively  with  the  Trustee  and  Ad  Hoc  Noteholder  Group,  the  “Counterparties”).
Pursuant  to  the  Forbearance  Agreement,  the  members  of  the  Ad  Hoc  Noteholder  Group  have  agreed,  and  have  directed  the  Trustee,  to
forbear  from  exercising  their  rights  and  remedies  under  the  Indenture  in  connection  with  certain  events  of  default  under  the  Indenture,
including, but not limited to, the failure to timely pay in full the principal of any Note when due and payable on March 15, 2023 and the failure
to  pay  any  interest  on  any  Note  when  due  and  payable.  See  Note  21,  Subsequent  Events  for  additional  information  regarding  the
Forbearance Agreement.

The carrying value of the Notes consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Outstanding principal
Unamortized debt issuance
Unamortized debt discount

Net carrying amount

As of December 31, 2022 the Notes were classified as follows (in thousands):

Current portion of convertible notes
Non-current portion of convertible notes

Total convertible notes

2022

2021

56,595  $
(182)
— 

56,413  $

120,500 
(729)
(11,787)
107,984 

2022

2021

56,413  $

— 

56,413  $

— 
107,984 
107,984 

$

$

$

$

Interest expense consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Contractual coupon interest
Amortization of the debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs

Total interest expense on convertible notes

2022

2021

2020

1,794  $
— 
474 
2,268  $

3,934  $

10,869 
672 
15,475  $

4,288 
10,518 
651 
15,457 

$

$

Net gain on extinguishment of exchanged Notes for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

Gain on extinguishment

94

2022

2021

2020

$

3,565  $

4,916  $

— 

2021 Exchange Transactions

On  September  22,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  separate  exchange  agreements  with  certain  holders  of  the  Notes.  Under  the
terms  of  the  exchange  agreements,  such  holders  agreed  to  exchange  Notes  held  by  them  for  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, $51.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes were exchanged for 6,602,974 shares of
the  Company's  common  stock.  The  carrying  value  of  the  Notes  was  $44.7  million  while  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  shares  was  $38.9
million  at  the  time  of  the  exchange.  The  Company  incurred  $0.9  million  of  reacquisition  costs,  which  was  as  an  offset  to  gain  on
extinguishment  of  debt  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021.  This  resulted  in  a  net  gain  of  $4.9  million  reflected  in  other  income
(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2021. See Note 19, Stockholders' Equity for
additional information.

March 2022 Exchange Transaction

On  March  21,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  an  exchange  agreement  with  one  holder  of  the  Notes.  Under  the  terms  of  the
exchange agreement, the holder agreed to exchange Notes held by them for shares of the Company’s common stock. During the year ended
December 31, 2022, $14.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes were exchanged for 10,798,482 shares of the Company's common
stock. The  carrying  value  of  the  Notes  was  $14.0  million  while  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  shares  was  $10.2  million  at  the  time  of  the
exchange. The  Company  incurred  $0.2  million  of  reacquisition  costs,  which  was  recorded  as  an  offset  to  gain  on  extinguishment  of  debt
during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  This  resulted  in  a  net  gain  of  $3.6  million  reflected  in  other  income  (expense),  net  in  the
consolidated  statement  of  operations  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  See  Note  19,  Stockholders'  Equity  for  additional
information.

August 2022 Exchange Transaction

On August 15, 2022, the Company entered into an exchange agreement (the “August 2022 Exchange Agreement”) with the Jack W.
Schuler Living Trust (the “Schuler Trust”). Under the terms of the August 2022 Exchange Agreement, the Schuler Trust agreed to exchange
with the Company $49.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes held by it for (a) a secured promissory note in an aggregate principal
amount of $34.9 million (the “Secured Note”) and (b) a warrant to acquire the Company’s common stock (the “Warrant”) at an exercise price
of $2.12 per share (the “Exercise Price”). The carrying value of the Notes was $49.6 million at the time of the exchange. The estimated fair
value of the Secured Note and the Warrant at the time of the exchange was $16.0 million and $3.8 million, respectively, which resulted in a
net gain of $29.8 million that was recorded to contributed capital.

The Secured Note includes various features that were advantageous to the Company, including a lower interest rate compared to
current market rates and a share conversion feature. There were no other negotiating parties that had similar terms or economic outcomes.
As such, the exchange was considered not to be an arm’s length transaction, and therefore the resulting gain was accounted for as a capital
transaction. See Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party and Note 19, Stockholders' Equity for additional information.

Prepaid Forward

In 2018, in connection with the Notes, the Company entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction (“Prepaid Forward”)
with a financial institution (“Forward Counterparty”). Pursuant to the Prepaid Forward, the Company used approximately $45.1 million of the
net proceeds from its issuance of the Notes to fund the Prepaid Forward. The aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock
underlying the Prepaid Forward was approximately 1,858,500. During March 2023, 1,858,500 shares of Common Stock were returned to the
Company pursuant to our agreement with the counterparty. As of December 31, 2022, these shares purchased under the Prepaid Forward
were treated as treasury stock on the consolidated balance sheet (and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted
earnings per share), but remain outstanding for corporate law purposes, including for purposes of any future stockholders' votes. See Note
21, Subsequent Events for additional information.

95

NOTE 11. LONG-TERM DEBT RELATED-PARTY

On August 15, 2022, the Company entered into the August 2022 Exchange Agreement with the Schuler Trust, a holder of the Notes.
Jack Schuler, who serves as a member of the Company’s board of directors, is the sole trustee of the Schuler Trust. Under the terms of the
August 2022 Exchange Agreement, the Schuler Trust agreed to exchange with the Company $49.9 million in aggregate principal amount of
Notes held by it (the “Exchanged Notes”) for (a) a secured promissory note in an aggregate principal amount of $34.9 million (the “Secured
Note”) and (b) a Warrant to acquire the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $2.12 per share (the “Warrant”).

The Secured Note has a scheduled maturity date of August 15, 2027 and is repayable upon written demand at any time on or after
such  date.  The  Company  may,  at  its  option,  repay  the  Secured  Note  in  (i)  cash  or  (ii)  in  the  form  of  common  stock  of  the  Company,  in  a
number of shares that is obtained by dividing the total amount of such payment by $2.12. However, the payment in common stock is subject
to certain limitations, including that the aggregate amount of common shares issued to settle the debt not exceed 19.99% of the Company’s
then  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock.  The  Secured  Note  bears  interest  at  a  rate  of  5.0%  per  annum,  payable  at  the  option  of  the
Company in the same form, at the earlier of (i) any prepayment of principal and (ii) maturity. The Company may prepay the Secured Note at
any time without premium or penalty. The Secured Note is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, subject to customary
exceptions and limitations, pursuant to a security agreement, dated as of August 15, 2022. The Secured Note does not restrict the incurrence
of future indebtedness by the Company but shall become subordinated in right of payment and lien priority upon the request of any future
senior lender.

Under  ASC  470-50-40,  the  transaction  qualified  as  an  extinguishment  of  debt.  Under  extinguishment  accounting,  the  Exchanged
Notes were derecognized and the new instruments, which include the Secured Note and the Warrant, were recorded at their fair values on
the  issuance  date,  August  15,  2022.  See  Note  10,  Convertible  Notes  for  additional  information.  The  fair  value  of  the  Secured  Note  was
$16.0 million and was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation which simulated the share price of the Company over the remaining term
through the Secured Note’s maturity date. The simulated per-share price in a given iteration determined if the Company settled in cash or
shares, and the mean present value of the iterations was concluded as the estimated fair value. The fair value of the Secured Note is a non-
recurring measurement that is categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy as it is based on Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. Based on a
face value of $34.9 million and fair value of $16.0 million, the Company recorded a debt issuance discount of $18.9 million, which is being
amortized over the life of the Secured Note using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate on the Secured Note is 24.60%.

The  table  below  summarizes  the  significant  assumptions  and  inputs  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  Secured  Note  as  of

August 15, 2022:

Stock price
Term (years)
Volatility
Risk-free rate

The carrying value of the Secured Note at December 31, 2022 consisted of the following (in thousands):

Outstanding principal
Unamortized debt issuance discount

Net carrying amount

96

2022

$

2.68

5
84.30 %
2.91 %

2022

34,934 
(18,076)
16,858 

$

$

Interest expense consisted of the following for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):

Contractual interest
Amortization of the debt discount

Total interest expense

2022

663 
834 
1,497 

$

$

The  Secured  Note’s  carrying  amount  of  $16.9  million  and  accrued  interest  expense  of  $0.7  million  are  recorded  in  non-current
liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022. Neither the principal amount nor the accrued interest are
contractually payable within twelve months of the balance sheet date of December 31, 2022. The Secured Note’s interest is payable at the
option of the Company in the same form as the principal, at the earlier of (i) any prepayment of principal and (ii) maturity. It is the Company’s
intention to pay all interest at maturity.

No principal or accrued interest have been paid or shares issued as of December 31, 2022.

The following presents maturities of future principal and accrued interest obligations of the Secured Note as of December 31, 2022

(in thousands):

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

Total

Principal

Accrued Interest

Total

$

$

—  $
— 
— 
— 
34,934 
— 

34,934  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
663 
— 
663  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
35,597 
— 
35,597 

If the Company were to make a first and final interest payment on the maturity date of August 15, 2027, the interest payable amount

would be $9.9 million.

Warrant

The Warrant may be exercised from February 15, 2023 through the earlier of (i) August 15, 2029 and (ii) the consummation of certain
acquisition transactions involving the Company (the “exercise period”), as set forth in the Warrant agreement. The Warrant is exercisable for
up to 2,471,710 shares of the Company’s common stock and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the exercise period.
The Company determined that the Warrant meets the criteria for classification in stockholders’ equity and was recorded in equity and initially
measured  at  fair  value  on  the  issuance  date.  The  fair  value  of  the  Warrant  was  $3.8  million  and  was  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes
option  pricing  model.  The  fair  value  of  the  Warrant  is  a  non-recurring  measurement  that  is  categorized  as  Level  3  within  the  fair  value
hierarchy as it is based on Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. No portion of the Warrant has been exercised as of December 31, 2022.

The table below summarizes the significant assumptions and inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Warrant as of August 15,

2022:

97

Stock market price
Exercise price
Contractual term (in years)
Volatility
Expected dividends
Risk free interest rates

NOTE 12. LOSS PER SHARE

2022

$
$

2.12
2.12

7
76.10 %
— 
2.86 %

Basic net loss per common share was determined by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average
common shares outstanding during the period. Basic  and  diluted  net  loss  per  share  are  the  same  because  all  outstanding  common  stock
equivalents have been excluded, as they are anti-dilutive due to the Company’s losses.

The following potentially issuable common shares were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they

would have an anti-dilutive effect due to net losses at of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Shares issuable upon the release of restricted stock units
Shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant

2022

2021

2020

4,355 
5,409 
2,472 
12,236 

2,090 
7,193 
— 
9,283 

526 
8,045 
— 
8,571 

As discussed in Note 10, Convertible Notes, as of December 31, 2022, $56.4 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes were

outstanding and convertible pursuant to their original terms, none of which were converted prior to the Maturity Date.

In connection with the Notes, the Company entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction. The aggregate number of
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  underlying  the  Prepaid  Forward  was  approximately  1,858,500.  The  shares  purchased  under  the
Prepaid Forward are treated as treasury stock and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share,
but  will  remain  outstanding  for  corporate  law  purposes,  including  for  purposes  of  any  future  stockholders’  votes,  until  the  Forward
Counterparty delivers the shares underlying the Prepaid Forward to the Company. On March 24, 2023, 1,858,500 shares of Common Stock
were returned to the Company pursuant to our agreement with the counterparty.

Potentially dilutive common shares would also include common shares that would be outstanding if Series A Preferred Stock were
converted into common stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into one share of
the  Company’s  common  stock.  Additionally,  each  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  one  share  of  the
Company’s  common  stock  immediately  upon  a  sale  of  all  outstanding  stock  of  the  Company  or  a  merger  of  the  Company  into  another
corporation  where  the  pre-merger  Company’s  stockholders  cease  to  be  the  controlling  stockholders  of  the  post-merger  corporation.  The
number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock is 3,954,546 as of December 31, 2022.

As discussed in Note 19, Stockholders' Equity, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the Schuler Trust for
the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of 2,439,024 shares of the Company’s common stock. The closing of the transaction
is expected to occur in 2023, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions and is considered an equity forward agreement. The
shares to be issued from this agreement were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they would have an anti-
dilutive effect due to net losses.

98

As discussed in Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party, the Company may, at its option, repay the Secured Note in (i) cash or (ii) in
the form of common stock of the Company, in a number of shares that is obtained by dividing the total amount of such payment by $2.12.
The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Secured Note and accrued interest was approximately 16,478,066
and 312,812 shares respectively, as of December 31, 2022. The shares issuable in connection with a repayment of the Secured Note were
not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they would have an anti-dilutive effect due to net losses. The amount of
shares  to  repay  the  Secured  Notes,  shall  not  exceed  an  aggregate  amount  of  19.99%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  shares  of  common
stock.

NOTE 13. EMPLOYEE EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has one equity-based compensation plan as of December 31, 2022, which is discussed below:

2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

The 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Incentive Plan”) was set to automatically expire pursuant to its terms in October
2022. Accordingly,  on  March  16,  2022,  the  Board  approved,  subject  to  the  approval  of  our  stockholders,  the  Accelerate  Diagnostics,  Inc.
2022  Omnibus  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (the  “2022  Incentive  Plan”)  which  was  approved  by  share  holders  on  May  12,  2022  (the
“Effective Date”). The 2012 Incentive Plan was automatically replaced and superseded by the 2022 Incentive Plan on the the Effective Date.
Outstanding  awards  granted  under  the  2012  Incentive  Plan  will  remain  in  effect  pursuant  to  their  terms.  Shares  of  common  stock  that
remained authorized for grant under the 2012 Incentive Plan following the effective date was 11,458,205.

2022 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

The  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  Company’s  2022  Incentive  Plan  on  the  Effective  Date  to  replace  all  prior  plans  (“Prior
Plans”). The total number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved and available for grant pursuant to the 2022 Incentive Plan is
5,500,000, plus the number of shares of common stock that remain available or that otherwise become available for grant under the 2012
Incentive Plan. The total reserved shares for the 2022 Incentive Plan was 16,958,205 as of the effective date, which included 11,458,205
reserved shares from the 2012 Incentive Plan.

Total  reserved  shares  under  the  2022  Incentive  Plan  is  16,703,198  as  of  December  31,  2022,  which  includes  9,764,081  shares

outstanding, and 6,939,117 available for grant.

Stock options granted under this plan vest in a range from immediate to five years. RSUs granted under this plan vest in a range
from  immediate  to  five  years  while  generally  RSUs  under  this  plan  vest  over  three  years.  Stock  grants  granted  under  this  plan  vest
immediately.

99

The following table summarizes option activity under the plan during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and shows the

exercisable shares as of December 31, 2022:

Options Outstanding January 1, 2021
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Options Outstanding December 31, 2021
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Options Outstanding December 31, 2022
Exercisable December 31, 2022

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share

8,045,461  $
489,804 
(370,106)
(426,762)
(545,857)
7,192,540 
140,000 
(208,569)
(6,105)
(1,709,205)
5,408,661 
4,263,496 

14.18 
7.09 
14.04 
3.79 
19.85 
13.89 
3.05 
12.58 
1.04 
10.96 
14.60 
15.39 

The cash received from the exercise of options during the year ended December 31, 2022 was immaterial. Upon exercise, shares
are  issued  from  shares  authorized  and  held  in  reserve.  The  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  was  $0.0  million,  $3.3  million  and  $23.5
million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The  total  fair  value  of  options  vesting  during  the  period  was  $7.2  million,  $11.1  million,  and  $9.0  million  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company accounts for all option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The table below summarizes the inputs

used to calculate the estimated fair value of options awarded for the years ended December 31:

Expected term (in years)
Volatility
Expected dividends
Risk free interest rates
Estimated forfeitures
Weighted average fair value

2022

2021

2020

6.30
66 %
— 
2.1 %
— %

5.79
65 %
— 
1.1 %
— %

$

1.88 

$

4.09 

$

5.94
58 %
— 
0.6 %
— %

4.49 

The following table shows summary information for outstanding options and options that are exercisable (vested) as of December 31,

2022:

Number of options
Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years)
Weighted average exercise price
Weighted average fair value
Aggregate intrinsic value (in millions)

Options
Outstanding

Options
Exercisable

5,408,661 
5.25
14.60  $
9.08  $
—  $

4,263,496 
4.82
15.39 
9.46 
— 

$
$
$

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value that would have

100

 
 
been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on that date. It is calculated as the difference between the
Company’s closing stock price of $0.71 on the last trading day of 2022 and the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares for options
where the exercise price is below the closing stock price. This amount changes based on the fair value of the Company’s stock.

The following table summarizes RSU and stock grant activity during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

RSUs & Stock Grants Outstanding January 1, 2021
Granted
Forfeited
Vested/released
RSUs & Stock Grants outstanding December 31, 2021
Granted
Forfeited
Vested/released
RSUs & Stock Grants outstanding December 31, 2022

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

526,414  $

2,704,948 
(479,472)
(661,708)
2,090,182 
4,227,921 
(662,038)
(1,300,645)
4,355,420 

11.17 
11.23 
11.01 
12.23 
10.77 
1.53 
8.28 
3.70 
4.29 

The total fair value of RSUs and stock grants vested and released during the period was $4.8 million, $8.1 million, and $2.7 million

for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company records compensation cost based on the fair value of the award. The table below summarizes the weighted average

fair value of RSUs and stock grants awarded for the years ended December 31:

Weighted average fair value

2022

2021

2020

$

1.53  $

11.23  $

11.44 

The expense and tax benefits recognized on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss related

to share-based compensation for the years ended December 31 (in thousands) is as follows:

Cost of Sales
Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total equity-based compensation expense
Recognized tax benefit

2022

2021

2020

$

$
$

665  $

1,419 
8,541 
10,625  $
—  $

325  $

4,102 
17,620 
22,047  $
—  $

351 
4,035 
12,078 
16,464 
— 

The share-based compensation cost capitalized to inventory or inventory transferred to property and equipment (also referred to as

instruments) for the years ended December 31 (in thousands) is as follows:

Cost capitalized to inventory

2022

2021

2020

$

254  $

401  $

253 

As  of  December  31,  2022,  unrecognized  equity-based  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  stock  options,  and  unvested  RSUs

was $1.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively. This is expected to be recognized over the years 2023 through 2027.

101

Included in the above-noted stock options outstanding and stock compensation expense are performance-based stock options which
vest only upon the achievement of certain targets. Performance-based stock options are generally granted at-the-money, contingently vest
over a period of 1 to 2 years, depending on the nature of the performance goal, and have contractual lives of 10 years. These options were
valued in the same manner as the time-based options, with the assumption that performance goals will be achieved. The inputs for expected
volatility, expected dividends, and risk-free rate used in estimating those options’ fair value are the same as the time-based options issued
under  the  plan.  The  expected  term  for  performance-based  stock  options  is  5  to  7  years.  However,  the  Company  only  recognizes  stock
compensation  expense  to  the  extent  that  the  targets  are  determined  to  be  probable  of  being  achieved,  which  triggers  the  vesting  of  the
performance options.

During  2018,  the  Company  granted  225,000  performance-based  stock  options.  Of  these  performance-based  stock  options
performance obligations had been met for 75,000 options which became exercisable in a prior period. The remaining 150,000 options were
forfeited  due  to  the  performance  targets  not  being  achieved  in  prior  periods.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  75,000
performance-based stock options expired as they weren't exercised. Of these performance-based stock options, none were outstanding as of
December 31, 2021.

During 2020, the Company granted another 105,000 performance-based stock options. Of these performance-based stock options,
performance obligations had been met for 90,000 options which became exercisable. This included 45,000 performance-based stock options
which vested during the year ended December 31, 2021, and the remaining 45,000 performance-based stock options vesting during the prior
year. During the year ended December 31, 2021, 15,000 performance-based stock options were forfeited due to the performance targets not
being achieved. During the year ended December 31, 2022, 90,000 performance-based stock options expired as they weren't exercised. Of
these performance-based stock options, none were outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2022 no performance-based stock options were outstanding.

The  table  below  summarizes  share-based  compensation  cost  in  connection  with  performance-based  stock  options  for  the  years

ended December 31 (in thousands):

Performance-based stock option expense

$

—  $

230  $

215 

2022

2021

2020

Included  in  the  above-noted  RSU  outstanding  amount  are  performance-based  RSUs  which  vest  only  upon  the  achievement  of
certain targets. Performance-based RSUs contingently vest over a period of 1 to 3 years, depending on the nature of the performance goal,
and have contractual lives of 10 years. These units were valued in the same manner as other RSUs, based on the published closing market
price on the day before the grant date. However, the Company only recognizes stock compensation expense to the extent that the targets
are determined to be probable of being achieved, which triggers the vesting of the performance options.

During 2020, the Company granted 364,338 performance-based RSUs. During the year ended December 31, 2021, 84,000, of these
performance-based RSUs were released due to the performance obligations being achieved with an additional 81,000 being released in prior
periods.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  2021  and  2020,  165,974,  9,369,  23,995  of  these  performance-based  RSUs  were
forfeited,  respectively,  due  to  performance  obligations  not  being  achieved  or  employees  separating  from  the  Company.  Of  these
performance-based RSUs, none were outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

During  2021,  the  Company  granted  233,472  performance-based  RSUs.  None  of  these  performance-based  RSUs  have  been
released.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  8,507  and  121,666  of  these  performance-based  RSUs  were  forfeited,
respectively, due to performance obligations not being achieved or employees separating from the Company. Of these performance-based
RSUs, 103,299 of these were outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

102

The  table  below  summarizes  share-based  compensation  cost  in  connection  with  performance-based  stock  options  for  the  years

ended December 31 (in thousands):

Performance-based RSU expense

NOTE 14. INCOME TAXES

2022

2021

2020

$

—  $

818  $

810 

The components of the pretax loss from operations for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

U.S. Domestic
Foreign

Net loss before income taxes

2022

2021

2020

$

$

(54,099) $
(8,471)
(62,570) $

(68,131) $
(9,526)
(77,657) $

(66,482)
(11,721)
(78,203)

The components of the benefit (provision) for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table:

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total benefit (provision)
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred provision

Total benefit (provision)

103

2022

2021

2020

$

$

—  $

(19)
96 
77 

— 
— 
— 
— 
77  $

—  $

(18)
(27)
(45)

— 
— 
— 
— 
(45) $

— 
(1)
(4)
(5)

— 
— 
— 
— 
(5)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income
taxes as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforward
General business credit
Stock options
Intangible assets, definite-lived
Section 174 research & development
Inventory
Operating lease liability
Property & equipment
Other

Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:
Debt amortization
Right of use asset
Finance lease liability
Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred taxes

2022

2021

$

$

$

$
$

$

94,003  $
17,293 
12,809 
7,239 
4,840 
2,145 
568 
137 
310 
139,344 
(138,710)

634  $

(24) $

(527)

(83) $
(634) $

—  $

93,056 
16,364 
14,851 
8,047 
— 
1,790 
734 
284 
339 
135,465 
(131,839)
3,626 

(2,933)
(693)
— 
(3,626)

— 

As of December 31, 2022, the Company generated regular tax federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) of approximately $383.7 million.
As a result of the Tax and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), for U.S. income tax purposes, NOLs generated prior to December 31, 2017 can be carried
forward for up to 20 years. Of the Company's total federal net operating loss of $383.7 million, $169.8 million will begin to expire in 2023 and
$213.9 million will not expire but will only offset 80% of taxable income generated in tax years after 2020.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has generated state net operating losses of approximately $369.6 million. The Company's

state net operating losses will begin to expire in 2033.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has generated $14.5 million of federal research and development (“R&D”) tax credits which

begin to expire in 2032.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has generated $12.4 million of state R&D tax credits which begin to expire in 2032.

Pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, utilization of the Company’s NOLs and R&D tax credits may be
subject  to  substantial  annual  limitation  if  certain  ownership  changes  occur  during  a  three-year  testing  period  as  defined  by  the  Internal
Revenue Code.

The  net  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  is  $138.7  million  as  of  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  $131.8  million  as  of
December 31, 2021. The valuation allowance is based on management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that the Company will not
have  taxable  income  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Due  to  the  Company's  consolidated  loss  position,  the  Company  maintains  a  valuation
allowance against its deferred tax assets.

During  2018,  the  Company  recognized  $14.0  million  of  the  initial  deferred  tax  liability  related  to  the  2018  convertible  debt  with  an

adjustment to equity in accordance with ASC 740. The establishment of the deferred tax

104

liability  resulted  in  the  reduction  of  the  Company's  valuation  allowance  on  existing  deferred  tax  assets.  The  Company  has  recorded  the
reduction  of  the  valuation  allowance  as  an  offsetting  adjustment  in  equity.  As  a  result,  no  net  entry  to  equity  was  recorded  for  the  2018
convertible debt in 2018. Subsequent changes in the deferred tax liability related to the convertible debt would be recorded as a component
of income tax expense or benefit.

The  Company  adopted  ASU  2020-06  on  January  1,  2022,  as  discussed  in  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  -
Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements.  This  update  simplifies  the  accounting  for  convertible  debt  instruments  by  removing  the  beneficial
conversion and cash conversion separation models for convertible instruments. As a result, the Notes are no longer bifurcated between debt
and equity and are accounted for entirely as debt at face value net of any discount or premium and issuance costs. On January 1, 2022, the
cumulative effect of adoption resulted in an increase in the net carrying amount of the Notes of $11.5 million.

The deferred tax liability recognized upon the issuance of the Notes of $3.0 million was also reversed from additional-paid-in-capital,

with a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance, as of January 1, 2022.

As discussed in Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party, the Company entered into the August 2022 Exchange Agreement with the
Schuler  Trust  on  August  15,  2022  to  exchange  $49.9  million  in  Notes  for  the  Secured  Notes  of  $34.9  million  and  warrants  valued  at  $3.8
million to acquire the Company’s common stock. The gain from the partial extinguishment of the Notes was treated as a capital transaction
and was recorded to contributed capital for $29.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded the current and
deferred tax impact of the transaction to additional paid in capital, with a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance, having no net
impact on the Company’s financial statements.

The Company began commercialization of its products in Europe in 2016 and has subsidiaries in the Netherlands, France, Germany,

Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom. The Company intends to treat earnings from its foreign subsidiaries as permanently reinvested.

On March 27, 2020, the United States enacted the CARES Act. The CARES Act is an emergency economic stimulus package that
includes spending and tax breaks to strengthen the United States economy and fund a nationwide effort to curtail the effect of COVID-19.
While the CARES Act provides sweeping tax changes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, some of the more significant provisions are
the extension of the carryback period of certain losses to five years, and the suspension of the 80 percent limitation imposed by the TCJA on
utilization of NOLs generated in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to offset taxable income generated in tax years prior to 2021. The CARES Act also
increased the ability to deduct interest expense from 30 percent, as imposed by the TCJA, to 50 percent of modified taxable income. The
CARES  Act  also  provides  for  a  credit  against  employee  wages,  the  opportunity  to  defer  payment  of  a  portion  of  federal  payroll  taxes  to
December 2021 and December 2022 and enhanced small business loans to assist business impacted by the pandemic. The Company’s tax
provision and financial position were not materially impacted by the CARES Act.

On December 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Consolidated Appropriations Act which extended and modified many of the

tax related provisions of the CARES Act. This did not have a material impact to the Company.

105

The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for years ending December

31 is as follows:

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Permanent and other differences
Loan forgiveness
Change in tax rates
Tax rate differential
Unrecognized tax benefits
Nondeductible equity and other compensation
Credit for increased research activities
Change in valuation allowance

2022

2021

2020

(21.00)%
(2.55)%
1.74 %
— %
0.26 %
(0.52)%
1.01 %
5.44 %
(2.80)%
18.30 %
(0.12)%

(21.00)%
(4.26)%
(9.01)%
(1.31)%
0.02 %
2.30 %
2.64 %
1.72 %
(6.19)%
35.15 %
0.06 %

(21.00)%
(4.95)%
2.35 %
— %
(0.05)%
3.09 %
1.34 %
(3.38)%
(6.29)%
28.89 %
— %

The Company's uncertain tax positions at December 31 as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
Increases for prior positions
Increases for current year positions
Decreases due to settlements
Other increases

Balance at end of year

2022

2021

2020

$

$

7,556  $
380 
5,660 
— 
— 

13,596  $

4,866  $
2,359 
1,746 
(1,415)
— 
7,556  $

3,712 
— 
1,154 
— 
— 
4,866 

These uncertain positions are not expected to change within the next twelve months. Of the $13.6 million of uncertain tax positions,
$0.1  million  would  impact  the  effective  tax  rate,  if  reversed.  The  Company  accounts  for  interest  and  penalties  on  uncertain  tax  positions
within  tax  expense.  The  Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  are  generally  subject  to  applicable  jurisdiction  examination  for  all  years  of
operations. The Company has adequate tax attributes available to utilize against its uncertain tax positions in a given year. As a result the
Company does not currently accrue interest or penalties against its uncertain tax positions.

The Company incurred net operating losses since inception that are subject to adjustment under Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”)
and  state  examination.  In  the  first  quarter  of  2021,  the  Company  was  informed  by  the  IRS  that  they  would  begin  an  examination  of  the
Company’s  2018  tax  year.  The  Company  substantially  completed  the  IRS  audit  of  the  2018  tax  year  during  2021.  The  IRS  assessed  an
adjustment  reducing  the  Company's  2018  R&D  tax  credit.  The  IRS  assessed  an  adjustment  reducing  the  Company's  2018  NOL.  The
Company  has  removed  the  associated  reserve  for  uncertain  tax  benefits  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  and  adjusted  the
deferred tax asset for the NOL and R&D credit carryforwards as a result of the audit settlement. During the year ended December 31, 2022,
the Company increased its reserve for uncertain tax positions in connection with the exchange of debt. No cash taxes, interest or penalties
were paid in connection with this settlement. The Company’s foreign income tax filings are subject to examination by the appropriate foreign
tax authorities. The Company is not otherwise currently under examination by tax authorities.

106

NOTE 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

During  April  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  non-cancellable  purchase  obligation  with  a  supplier  to  acquire  raw  materials  for  a
total commitment of $11.9 million. Under the terms of this agreement the Company has until March 15, 2027 to take delivery of purchased
items.  This  commitment  was  entered  into  to  ensure  proper  material  quantities  to  develop  and  commercialize  our  next  generation  AST
platform.

As of December 31, 2022 the commitment remains $11.9 million as the Company has not taken delivery of any inventory.

NOTE 16. LEASES

The following presents supplemental information related to our leases in which we are the lessee for the years ended December 31

(in thousands):

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from finance leases

ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations

Operating leases
Finance leases

Lease Cost

Operating leases
Finance leases
Short-term leases

2022

2021

$

$

850  $

1,201

— 
3,096

1,114 
673 

82  $

680 
—

— 
—

1,095 
— 
80 

The  weighted  average  remaining  lease  term  on  our  operating  leases  is  2.6  years.  The  weighted  average  discount  rate  on  those
leases is 7.1%. The weighted average remaining lease term on our finance leases is 2.2 years. The weighted average discount rate on those
leases is 6.2%.

The following presents maturities of operating lease liabilities in which we are the lessee as of December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

Total lease payments
Less imputed interest

107

2022

968 
1,055 
585 
— 
— 
— 
2,608 
(234)
2,374 

$

$

The following presents maturities of finance lease liabilities in which we are the lessee as of December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

Total lease payments
Less imputed interest

2022

992 
976 
193 
— 
— 
— 
2,161 
(266)
1,895 

$

$

The  net  investment  in  sales-type  leases,  where  we  are  the  lessor,  is  a  component  of  other  current  assets  and  other  non-current
assets in our consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2022, the total net investment in these leases was $2.7 million. The following
presents maturities of lease receivables under sales-type leases as of December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

2022

$

1,429 
824 
266 
123 
41 
— 
2,683 

NOTE 17. GEOGRAPHIC AND REVENUE DISAGGREGATION

The  Company  operates  as  one  operating  segment.  Sales  to  customers  outside  the  U.S.  represented  14%,  14%  and  8%  of  total
revenue  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  balances  due  from
foreign customers, in U.S. dollars, were $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

The following presents long-lived assets (excluding intangible assets) by geographic territory at December 31 (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

2022

2021

$

$

3,120  $
358 
3,478  $

5,014 
375 
5,389 

The following presents total net sales by geographic territory for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign
Net sales

108

2022

2021

2020

$

$

10,921  $
1,831 
12,752  $

10,121  $
1,661 
11,782  $

10,305 
860 
11,165 

The following presents total net sales by line of business for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Accelerate Pheno revenue
Other revenue

Net sales

2022

2021

2020

$

$

12,598  $
154 
12,752  $

11,628  $
154 
11,782  $

11,025 
140 
11,165 

The following presents total net sales by products and services for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Products
Services
Net sales

2022

2021

2020

$

$

11,107  $
1,645 
12,752  $

10,430  $
1,352 
11,782  $

10,336 
829 
11,165 

Lease income included in net sales was $1.4 million, $1.9 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and
2020,  respectively,  and  was  recorded  in  accordance  with  ASC  842,  which  does  not  represent  revenues  recognized  from  contracts  with
customers in accordance with ASC 606.

NOTE 18. SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The  following  is  a  summary  of  unaudited  selected  quarterly  financial  information  for  the  three  months  ended  2022  (in  thousands,

except per share data):

Net sales
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

December 31,

September 30,

June 30,

March 31,

$
$
$
$
$

2,973  $
842  $
(13,960) $
(14,609) $
(0.14) $

2,960  $
579  $
(14,961) $
(15,896) $
(0.18) $

3,861  $
1,080  $
(17,989) $
(18,523) $
(0.24) $

2,958 
802 
(15,895)
(13,465)
(0.20)

The  following  is  a  summary  of  unaudited  selected  quarterly  financial  information  for  the  three  months  ended  2021  (in  thousands,

except per share data):

Net sales
Gross (loss) profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

NOTE 19. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

At-The-Market Equity Sales Agreement

December 31,

September 30,

June 30,

March 31,

$
$
$
$
$

3,344  $
(3,317) $
(19,411) $
(22,803) $
(0.34) $

3,122  $
986  $
(14,532) $
(8,986) $
(0.15) $

2,798  $
1,053  $
(17,590) $
(21,674) $
(0.36) $

2,518 
897 
(20,027)
(24,239)
(0.41)

During  May  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Equity  Sales  Agreement  (the  “ATM  Sales  Agreement”)  with  William  Blair  &
Company, L.L.C. (“William Blair”) pursuant to which the Company may sell shares of its common stock having an aggregate offering price of
up  to  $50  million,  from  time  to  time,  through  an  “at-the-market”  equity  offering  program  under  which  William  Blair  will  act  as  sales  agent.
Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  ATM  Sales  Agreement,  William  Blair  may  sell  shares  by  any  method  deemed  to  be  an  “at-the-
market”  offering  as  defined  in  Rule  415  under  the  U.S.  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  “Securities  Act").  The  Company  is  not
obligated to sell any shares under the ATM Sales Agreement. The Board has authorized management to sell up to a specified

109

number of shares under the Sales Agreement within certain share price levels. The Board may choose to change such share number and
share price authorizations at any time. William  Blair  is  entitled  to  a  commission  of  3%  of  the  aggregate  gross  proceeds  from  each  sale  of
shares  occurring  pursuant  to  the  Sales  Agreement.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  sold  2,092,497  shares  of
common stock under the ATM Sales Agreement for aggregate gross proceeds of $10.9 million, which was recorded to contributed capital. No
shares were sold under the ATM Sales Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had
an aggregate of $39.1 million available for future sales under its at-the-market equity offering program.

December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement

During  December  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement  (the  “December  2020  Securities  Purchase
Agreement”) with Jack W. Schuler, John Patience, Matthew Strobeck, Mark C. Miller, Thomas D. Brown and Jack Phillips, or entities affiliated
with such persons (collectively, the “Original Purchasers”), for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of 4,166,663 shares of
the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”), to the Original Purchasers in an offering exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of
the  Securities  Act,  and  Rule  506  promulgated  thereunder.  Each  of  Jack  W.  Schuler,  John  Patience,  Matthew  Strobeck,  Mark  C.  Miller,
Thomas D. Brown and Jack Phillips was a member of the Board at the time of the transaction. Mr. Phillips also serves as the Company’s
President and Chief Executive Officer. Additionally, during December 2020, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the
“Registration  Rights  Agreement”)  with  the  Original  Purchasers  in  connection  with  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement
pursuant to which the Company agreed to register the resale of the Shares pursuant to the terms set forth therein.

The Jack W. Schuler Living Trust (the “Schuler Trust”), which was the entity affiliated with Jack W. Schuler that originally entered into
the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement for the purchase of 3,964,843 Shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$30.5 million, subsequently entered into an assignment and assumption agreement whereby it assigned all of its rights and obligations as an
Original Purchaser to three other entities under the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Schuler Purchasers”).
These three entities are related to Jack W. Schuler but are not affiliates of his.

Pursuant  to  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Original  Purchasers  agreed  to  purchase  the  Shares  at  a
purchase price (determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules relating to the “market value” of the Company’s common stock) of $7.68 per
share, which was equal to the consolidated closing bid price reported by Nasdaq immediately preceding the time the Company entered into
the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $32 million.

The December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement contemplated that the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares would
occur in three approximately equal tranches on the dates specified in the agreement or such other dates as the parties may agree, with the
first and second tranches having closed on February 19, 2021 and April 9, 2021, respectively, whereby the Company received total proceeds
of approximately $21.3 million which were recorded to contributed capital.

On  September  17,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  a  rescission  agreement  (the  “Rescission  Agreement”)  with  the  Schuler
Purchasers and the Schuler Trust pursuant to which, effective as of January 29, 2021, the Company and the Schuler Purchasers agreed to
rescind and unwind the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement for all legal, tax and financial
purposes ab initio as if the related transactions, including the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 2,643,228 Shares in the first two tranche
closings and the third tranche (as discussed below) under the December 2020 Purchase Agreement, had never occurred with respect to the
Schuler  Purchasers  and  the  Company.  The  Rescission  Agreement  was  entered  into  due  to  the  unanticipated  legal,  tax  and/or  financial
consequences that may have otherwise resulted from the December 2020 Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. The
2,643,228  Shares  re-acquired  by  the  Company  from  the  Schuler  Purchasers  as  a  result  of  the  Rescission  Agreement  are  treated  as  a
reduction to contributed capital and are not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share.

110

On  September  30,  2021,  the  Company  closed  the  final  third  tranche  in  connection  with  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase
Agreement and received total proceeds of approximately $0.5 million. In accordance with the Rescission Agreement, the Schuler Purchasers
did not participate in the third tranche. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 201,820 Shares and received total
proceeds  of  approximately  $1.5  million  under  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  which  were  recorded  to  contributed
capital, after giving effect to the Rescission Agreement.

September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement

During September 2021, the Company entered into a new securities purchase agreement (the “September 2021 Securities Purchase
Agreement”) with the Schuler Purchasers for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of 3,954,546 shares of the Company’s
newly designated Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), to the Schuler Purchasers in an
offering exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder.

Pursuant to the September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement, the Schuler Purchasers agreed to purchase the Series A Preferred

Shares at a purchase price of $7.70 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $30.5 million.

The  September  2021  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  contemplated  that  the  closing  of  the  purchase  and  sale  of  the  Series  A
Preferred  Shares  would  occur  in  two  tranches.  The  first  tranche  closed  on  the  date  of  the  execution  of  the  September  2021  Securities
Purchase Agreement whereby an aggregate of 2,636,364 Series A Preferred Shares were issued and sold to the Schuler Purchasers. On
October 29, 2021, the Company closed the final second tranche in connection with the September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement for
an aggregate of 1,318,182 Series A Preferred Shares. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 3,954,546 shares of
Series A Preferred Stock to the Schuler Purchasers and received total proceeds of approximately $30.5 million under the September 2021
Securities Purchase Agreement, which were recorded to contributed capital.

The Company’s Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to the payment of dividends, senior to the Company’s common stock
and to any other class of securities it may issue in the future that is specifically designated as junior to the Series A Preferred Stock. The
holders  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends,  out  of  any  assets  at  the  time  legally  available  therefor,  prior  in
preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common stock at the rate of $0.25 per share per annum on each
outstanding  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (as  appropriately  adjusted  for  any  subsequent  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  combinations,
reclassifications and the like), when, as and if declared by the Board.

In  the  event  of  a  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  Company,  the  holders  of  Series  A  Preferred
Stock  then  outstanding  are  entitled  to  participate  with  the  holders  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  or  any  other  junior  securities  then
outstanding,  pro  rata  on  an  as-converted  basis,  in  the  distribution  of  all  the  remaining  assets  and  funds  of  the  Company  available  for
distribution to its stockholders.

The  holders  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  generally  have  no  voting  rights  with  respect  to  their  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,

except as provided by law or to amend, modify or waive any provision of the certificate of designation of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Each  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible,  at  the  option  of  the  holder,  at  any  time  into  one  share  of  the  Company’s
common  stock.  Additionally,  each  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  one  share  of  the  Company’s
common stock immediately upon a sale of all outstanding stock of the Company or a merger of the Company into another corporation where
the pre-merger Company’s stockholders cease to be the controlling stockholders of the post-merger corporation.

2021 Exchange Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company entered into separate exchange agreements with certain holders of the
Notes pursuant to which, such holders exchanged $51.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes for 6,602,974 shares with a value of
$38.9 million which was recorded to contributed capital. See Note 10, Convertible Notes, for additional information.

111

March 2022 Exchange Transaction

During the year ended December 31, 2022, a holder of the Notes exchanged $14.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes
held by it for 10,798,482 shares of the Company's common stock. The 10,798,482 shares of the Company’s common stock were determined
to  have  a  value  of  $10.8  million,  which  was  recorded  to  contributed  capital  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  See  Note  10,
Convertible Notes, for additional information.

March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement

On March 24, 2022, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement”)
with the Schuler Trust for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of 2,439,024 shares of the Company’s common stock to
the Schuler Trust in an offering (the “Private Placement”) exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Rule
506 promulgated thereunder. Pursuant to the March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement, the Schuler Trust agreed to purchase the shares
at a purchase price (determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules relating to the “market value” of the Company’s common stock) of $1.64
per  share,  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $4.0  million.  The  Company  and  the  Schuler  Trust  have  subsequently  agreed  to  extend  the
closing date of the Private Placement from March 24, 2023 to April 20, 2023.

This equity forward agreement meets the definition of a freestanding financial instrument which is classified in stockholders’ equity.

The value of this equity forward agreement as December 31, 2022 is immaterial.

August 2022 Exchange Transaction

On August 15, 2022, the Company entered into the August 2022 Exchange Agreement with the Schuler Trust. Under the terms of
the August 2022 Exchange Agreement, the Schuler Trust agreed to exchange with the Company $49.9 million in aggregate principal amount
of Notes held by it for (a) the Secured Note in an aggregate principal amount of $34.9 million and (b) the Warrant to acquire the Company’s
common stock at an exercise price of $2.12. The gain from the extinguishment of the Notes was treated as a capital transaction. The net gain
on  extinguishment  was  $29.8  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  and  was  recorded  to  contributed  capital.  See  Note  10,
Convertible Notes and Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party for additional information.

The Warrant may be exercised from February 15, 2023 through the earlier of (i) August 15, 2029 and (ii) the consummation of certain
acquisition transactions involving the Company, as set forth in the Warrant. The Warrant is exercisable for up to 2,471,710 shares, or 15% of
the principal amount of the Secured Note, divided by the Exercise Price. Such number of shares and the Exercise Price are subject to certain
customary  proportional  adjustments  for  fundamental  events,  including  stock  splits  and  recapitalizations,  as  set  forth  in  the  Warrant.  The
Warrant  meets  the  criteria  for  classification  in  stockholders’  equity  and  was  recorded  in  contributed  capital  at  fair  value  of  $3.8  million  on
August 15, 2022.

August 2022 Public Offering

On August 23, 2022, the Company completed a public offering 17,500,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of
$2.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $32.9 million from the offering after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and offering expenses paid by the Company.

NOTE 20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Convertible notes

As  discussed  in  Note  10,  Convertible  Notes,  the  Company  issued  Notes  in  March  2018.  The  Schuler  Family  Foundation  (the
“Foundation”)  purchased  an  aggregate  of  $30.0  million  of  the  Notes  in  the  March  2018  offering  on  the  same  terms  as  those  under  which
other investors purchased the Notes, although no discount or commission in respect of such notes purchased by the Foundation was paid by
the Company to the initial purchasers of the Notes. During 2019, the Foundation purchased an additional $12.0 million of Notes on the open
market. Jack W. Schuler, a member of our Board, is the President of the Foundation.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Foundation transferred by gift the $42.0 million aggregate

112

principal amount of Notes held by the Foundation to the Schuler Initiative Supporting Charitable Trust (the “Supporting Organization”), a tax-
exempt organization that is not an affiliate of Jack W. Schuler.

In connection with the exchange transactions discussed in Note 19, Stockholders' Equity, during the year ended December 31, 2021,
the  Supporting  Organization  exchanged  $42.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes  held  by  it  for  5,428,699  shares  of  the
Company's common stock. Using the closing stock price on September 22, 2021 of $5.81, the 5,428,699 shares of the Company's common
stock were determined to have a value of $31.5 million which was recorded to contributed capital during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The  Supporting  Organization  had  the  same  or  similar  terms  as  the  other  holders  of  Notes  that  participated  in  the  Exchange
Transactions.  The  Company  determined  the  Exchange  Transactions  were  in  accordance  with  extinguishment  accounting  and  were
accounted for as an extinguishment of debt opposed to a capital transaction.

See Note 10, Convertible Notes and Note 19, Stockholders' Equity, for additional information.

December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement

On December 24, 2020, the Company entered into the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement with the Original Purchasers
for the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares. Additionally, on December 24, 2020, the Company entered into the Registration
Rights Agreement with the Original Purchasers pursuant to which the Company agreed to register the resale of the Shares pursuant to the
terms set forth therein. The Original Purchasers are comprised of certain directors and officers of the Company, or entities affiliated or related
to such persons. See Note 19, Stockholders' Equity, for further information.

On September 17, 2021, the Company entered into the Rescission Agreement with the Schuler Purchasers and the Schuler Trust,
an  entity  affiliated  with  Jack  W.  Schuler,  pursuant  to  which,  effective  as  of  January  29,  2021,  the  Company  and  the  Schuler  Purchasers
agreed to rescind and unwind the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement for all legal, tax
and financial purposes ab initio as if the related transactions, including the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 2,636,364 Shares in the first
two tranche closings and the third tranche under the December 2020 Purchase Agreement, had never occurred with respect to the Schuler
Purchasers and the Company. The Schuler Purchasers are related to Jack W. Schuler but are not affiliates of his. See Note 19, Stockholders'
Equity, for further information.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 201,820 Shares and received total proceeds of approximately $1.5

million under the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement after giving effect to the Rescission Agreement.

September 2021 Rescission Agreement

On  September  22,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  the  September  2021  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  with  the  Schuler
Purchasers  for  the  issuance  and  sale  by  the  Company  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Shares.  The  Schuler  Purchasers  are  related  to  Jack  W.
Schuler but are not affiliates of his. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 3,954,546 Series A Preferred Shares and
received  total  proceeds  of  approximately  $30.5  million  under  the  September  2021  Securities  Purchase  Agreement.  See  Note  19,
Stockholders' Equity, for further information.

March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement

On  March  24,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  the  March  2022  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  with  the  Schuler  Trust  for  the
issuance  and  sale  by  the  Company  of  2,439,024  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  Jack  Schuler  serves  as  a  member  of  the
Company’s board of directors and is the sole trustee of the Schuler Trust. Pursuant to the March 2022 Securities Purchase Agreement, the
Schuler Trust agreed to purchase the shares at a purchase price of $1.64 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $4.0 million. The
Company  and  the  Schuler  Trust  have  subsequently  agreed  to  extend  the  closing  date  of  the  Private  Placement  from  March  24,  2023  to
April 20, 2023. See Note 19, Stockholders' Equity, for further information.

113

August 2022 Exchange Transaction

On August 15, 2022, the Company entered into the August 2022 Exchange Agreement with the Schuler Trust. Under the terms of
the August 2022 Exchange Agreement, the Schuler Trust agreed to exchange with the Company $49.9 million in aggregate principal amount
of Notes held by it for the Secured Note in an aggregate principal amount of $34.9 million and the Warrant. The net gain on extinguishment
was $29.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, and was recorded as contributed capital. See Note 10, Convertible Notes and
Note 11, Long-Term Debt Related-Party for additional information.

NOTE 21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Nasdaq de-listing notice

On  January  5,  2023,  the  Company  received  a  deficiency  letter  from  the  Listing  Qualifications  Department  of  The  Nasdaq  Stock
Market LLC notifying the Company that, for the last 30 consecutive business days, the closing bid price for the Company’s common stock
had  closed  below  the  minimum  $1.00  per  share  requirement  for  continued  inclusion  on  The  Nasdaq  Capital  Market.  In  accordance  with
Nasdaq rules, the Company has been provided an initial period of 180 calendar days, or until July 5, 2023, to regain compliance with the
Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If, at any time before this date, the closing bid price for the Company’s common stock is at least $1.00 for a
minimum  of  ten  consecutive  business  days,  the  Staff  will  provide  the  Company  written  confirmation  of  compliance  with  the  Minimum  Bid
Price Requirement. The Company may be eligible for an additional 180 calendar day compliance period. If the Company’s share price does
not meet the minimum listing requirements in the initial or extended periods, it may seek shareholder approval to execute a reverse stock
split.

Forbearance of remedies upon maturity of the Notes

On March 9, 2023, the Company entered into the Forbearance Agreement, which became effective on March 13, 2023, with the Ad
Hoc Noteholder Group holding approximately 85% of the Company’s outstanding Notes, the Trustee and any other owner of the Notes who
executes and delivers to the Company a joinder to the Forbearance Agreement (collectively with the Trustee and Ad Hoc Noteholder Group,
the  “Counterparties”).  Pursuant  to  the  Forbearance  Agreement,  the  members  of  the  Ad  Hoc  Noteholder  Group  have  agreed,  and  have
directed  the  Trustee,  to  forbear  from  exercising  their  rights  and  remedies  under  the  Indenture  in  connection  with  certain  events  of  default
under the Indenture, such as (i) failure to timely pay in full the principal of any Note when due and payable on March 15, 2023, (ii) failure to
pay  any  interest  on  any  Note  when  due  and  payable,  (iii)  failure  to  convert  any  Notes,  (iv)  default  under  any  agreement  with  outstanding
indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $15.0 million and (v) any other breach, default or event of default under the Indenture arising
from the failure of the Company to timely pay in full the principal of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date. The Forbearance
Agreement is effective for the period commencing on March 13, 2023 and ending on March 29, 2023. On March 29, 2023, the Company and
the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group agreed to further extend the forbearance period under the Forbearance Agreement to April 5, 2023.

Other holders of the Notes may join the Forbearance Agreement, and receive a fee equal to $5.00 per $1,000 principal amount of
Notes held by such party, by executing and delivering a joinder to the Forbearance Agreement to the Company. See Note 10, Convertible
Notes for additional information.

Closing of prepaid forward in connection with the maturity of the Notes

In connection with the offering of the Notes, we entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction (the “Prepaid Forward”)
with a financial institution. Pursuant  to  the  Prepaid  Forward,  we  used  approximately  $45.1  million  of  the  proceeds  from  the  offering  of  the
Notes  to  pay  the  prepayment  amount.  The  aggregate  number  of  our  common  stock  underlying  the  Prepaid  Forward  is  approximately
1,858,500  shares  (based  on  the  sale  price  of  $24.25).  On  March  24,  2023,  1,858,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  returned  to  the
Company pursuant to our agreement with the counterparty. As of December 31, 2022, these shares purchased under the Prepaid Forward
were treated as treasury stock on the consolidated balance sheet (and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted
earnings per share), but remain outstanding for corporate law purposes, including for purposes of any future stockholders' votes. See Note
10, Convertible Notes for additional information.

114

Extension of Schuler Forward Purchase Arrangement
On March 23, 2023, the Company further amended the Securities Purchase Agreement with the Jack W. Schuler Living Trust for the
purchase of gross proceeds of $4.0 million of its common stock to close on or before April 20, 2023. See Note 19, Stockholders' Equity for
additional information.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, the Company’s Principal
Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  such  term  is
defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act,  were  not  effective,  as  a  result  of  a  material  weakness  in  our  internal
control  over  financial  reporting  discussed  below,  as  of  December  31,  2022,  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the
Company  in  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  (i)  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time
periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  its
Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is
defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  for  external
purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial
statement  preparation  and  presentation.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate. Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  the  Company’s  Principal  Executive  Officer  and
Principal  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the
framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013),  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway
Commission. Based on that evaluation, due to a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) described below, the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer have concluded
that our disclosure controls and procedures, were not effective as of December 31, 2022.

This Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm because, as a “smaller
reporting company” and non-accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to issue such an attestation
report.

Material Weakness in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a
reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely
basis. Management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 that prevented us
from  identifying  a  misclassification  of  the  Notes  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  which  has  been  corrected  herein.  The  Company’s
internal control structure did not have a control to review the evaluation of the classification of its outstanding debt instruments in accordance
with applicable accounting guidance.

115

Remediation Plan

With  oversight  from  the  Audit  Committee  and  input  from  management,  the  Company  has  begun  designing  and  implementing
changes in processes and controls to remediate the material weakness described above and to enhance our internal control over financial
reporting,  including  a  control  to  review  the  accounting  treatment  of  outstanding  debt  instruments  on  a  quarterly  basis  in  accordance  with
applicable accounting guidance.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule

13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2022, that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not Applicable.

116

PART III

Certain  information  required  by  Part  III  is  omitted  from  this  Form  10-K  because  the  required  information  will  be  incorporated  by
reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A
of the Exchange Act (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

117

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

a)    Documents filed as part of this report
1)    All financial statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 42)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
68
70
72
73
75
77

2)    Financial Statement Schedules

All  financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted,  since  the  required  information  is  not  applicable  or  because  the  information
required is included in the financial statements and notes thereto.

b)    Exhibits required by Item 601 of Registration S-K

The information required by this Item is set forth on the exhibit index preceding the signature page of this report.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

118

Exhibit No.

Description

Filing Information

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.1.5

3.1.6

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant

Certificate of Designation of the Series A Preferred Stock of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant

3.2.1

Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Registrant

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

Indenture, dated March 27, 2018 between Registrant and U.S.
Bank National Association, as trustee
Form of 2.50% Convertible Senior Note due 2023 (included in
Exhibit 4.2)
Description of our Capital Stock Registered Pursuant to Section 12
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Registration Rights Agreement between Registrant and Abeja
Ventures, LLC, dated as of June 26, 2012

CFO Offer Letter between Registrant and Steve Reichling, dated
as of August 8, 2012

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
(as amended by the First Amendment to the Accelr8 Technology
Corporation 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and the Second
Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus
Equity Incentive Plan)
Third Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Fourth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Fifth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
Sixth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the
Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the
Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

UK Sub-Plan under the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus
Equity Incentive Plan

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 24, 2020 by and
among Registrant and the purchasers party thereto

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

10.2

10.3*

10.4*

10.4.1*

10.4.2*

10.4.3*

10.4.4*

10.4.5*

10.4.6*

10.4.7*

10.5

119

Incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on November 13,
2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Registrant’s Definitive
Information Statement on Schedule 14C filed on July 12, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2016
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2021

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 8-K for the fiscal year ended August 8,
2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018

Filed herewith

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31,
2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
July 31, 2012

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 10, 2017

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 10, 2017
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.6 filed with the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Form S-8
Registration Statement (No. 333-187439) filed by the Registrant on
March 22, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Form S-8
Registration Statement (No. 333-187439) filed by the Registrant on
March 22, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.7 filed with the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2020

Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 24, 2020 by and
among Registrant and the purchasers party thereto

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2020

10.6

10.7

Forward Stock Purchase Transaction, dated March 22, 2018,
between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
Association, London Branch

10.8*

2019 Salary Waiver and Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Plan

10.8.1*

Form of 2019 Salary Waiver Agreement

10.9*

2020 Salary Waiver and Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Plan

10.9.1*

Form of 2020 Salary Waiver Agreement

10.10*

10.11

10.12

Agreement between Registrant and Jack Phillips, dated as of
January 31, 2020
Rescission Agreement, dated September 17, 2021, by and among
Registrant, the Tanya Eva Schuler Trust, the Therese Heidi Schuler
Trust, Schuler Grandchildren LLC and the Jack W. Schuler Living
Trust
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 22, 2021, by
and among Registrant, the Tanya Eva Schuler Trust, the Therese
Heidi Schuler Trust and Schuler Grandchildren LLC

10.13

Form of Exchange Agreement

10.14

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 24, 2022, by and
between the Registrant and the Jack W. Schuler Living Trust

10.15*

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Exchange Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2022, by and
between the Registrant and the Jack W. Schuler Living Trust
Secured Promissory Note, dated as of August 15, 2022, by the
Registrant in favor of the Jack W. Schuler Living Trust
Warrant, dated as of August 15, 2022, issued to the Jack W.
Schuler Living Trust
Security Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2022, by and between
the Registrant and the Jack W. Schuler Living Trust
Sales and Marketing Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2022, by
and between the Registrant and Becton, Dickinson and Company
Separation Agreement and Release, dated December 8, 2022, by
and between the Registrant and Ron Price
Forbearance Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2023, by and
among the Registrant, the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group and the
Trustee
List of Subsidiaries
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certificate of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial
Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are
embedded within the Inline XBRL document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20+

10.21*

10.22

21
23.1

31.1

31.2

32

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL
101.DEF

120

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's
Current Report on form 8-K filed on April 8, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2020

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2022

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2023

Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Furnished herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Filed herewith

101.LAB

101.PRE

104

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL with
applicable taxonomy extension information contained in Exhibits
101)

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+    Portions of this exhibit have been redacted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K. An unredacted copy of this exhibit will be

furnished supplementally to the SEC upon request.

121

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this

Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

March 31, 2023

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

By: /s/ Jack Phillips
Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and  appoints  Jack
Phillips, as his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Jack Phillips
Jack Phillips

/s/ Steve Reichling
Steve Reichling

/s/ Hany Massarany
Hany Massarany

/s/ Tom Brown
Tom Brown

/s/ Wayne Burris
Wayne Burris

/s/ Louise Francesconi 
Louise Francesconi

/s/ John Patience
John Patience

/s/ Jack Schuler
Jack Schuler

/s/ Matthew W. Strobeck, Ph.D.
Matthew W. Strobeck, Ph.D.

/s/ Charles Watts, M.D.
Charles Watts, M.D.

122

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

March 31, 2023

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)

March 31, 2023

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 31, 2023

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

March 31, 2023

March 31, 2023

March 31, 2023

March 31, 2023

March 31, 2023

March 31, 2023

March 31, 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 4.4

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

General

As of December 31, 2022, Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“we”, “us” or “our”) had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: our common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Our  authorized  capital  stock  consists  of  205,000,000  shares  with  a  par  value  of  $0.001  per  share,  comprised  of  200,000,000
authorized  shares  of  common  stock  and  5,000,000  authorized  shares  of  preferred  stock.  As  of  March  28,  2023,  there  were  99,628,245
shares of our common stock, net of treasury shares, and 3,954,546 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

The  following  summary  description  is  based  on  the  material  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation,  our  bylaws  and  the
applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). This description is not complete and is subject to, and qualified
in its entirety by reference to, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, each of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.4 is a part, and the DGCL. You should read our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws
and the applicable provisions of the DGCL for a complete statement of the provisions described below and for other provisions that may be
important to you.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Subject to
preferences  that  may  be  applicable  to  any  outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock,  holders  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  ratably
such  dividends  as  may  be  declared  by  the  board  of  directors  out  of  funds  legally  available  therefor.  If  we  liquidate,  dissolve  or  wind  up,
holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any
outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock.  Holders  of  common  stock  have  no  preemptive,  conversion  or  subscription  rights.  There  are  no
redemption  or  sinking  fund  provisions  applicable  to  the  common  stock.  All  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  are  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AXDX.” The transfer agent for our common stock is
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. Its address is 1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, and its telephone
number is (800) 733-1121.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders,
to issue from time to time the preferred stock in one or more series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation
of such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights,  if  any,  and  any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof,  of  the  shares  of  such  series.  Preferred  stock  will  be  fully  paid  and
nonassessable upon issuance.

The issuance of preferred stock will affect, and may adversely affect, the rights of holders of common stock. It is not possible to state
the  actual  effect  of  the  issuance  of  any  shares  of  preferred  stock  on  the  rights  of  holders  of  common  stock  until  our  board  of  directors
determines  the  specific  rights  attached  to  that  preferred  stock.  The  effects  of  issuing  preferred  stock  could  include  one  or  more  of  the
following:
•
•
•
•

restricting dividends on the common stock;
diluting the voting power of the common stock;
impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or
delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company. 

 
Series A Preferred Stock

Our Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to the payment of dividends, senior to our common stock and to any other class of
securities  we  may  issue  in  the  future  that  is  specifically  designated  as  junior  to  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock.  The  holders  of  Series  A
Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, prior in preference to any declaration
or payment of any dividend on our common stock at the rate of $0.25 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred
Stock (as appropriately adjusted for any subsequent stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications and the like), when, as and
if declared by our board of directors.

In  the  event  of  a  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  Company,  the  holders  of  Series A  Preferred
Stock then outstanding are entitled to participate with the holders of our common stock or any other junior securities then outstanding, pro
rata  on  an  as-converted  basis,  in  the  distribution  of  all  the  remaining  assets  and  funds  of  the  Company  available  for  distribution  to  its
stockholders.

The  holders  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  generally  have  no  voting  rights  with  respect  to  their  shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock,

except as provided by law or to amend, modify or waive any provision of the certificate of designation of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into one share of our common stock.
Additionally, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into one share of our common stock immediately upon a
sale  of  all  outstanding  stock  of  the  Company  or  a  merger  of  the  Company  into  another  corporation  where  the  pre-merger  Company’s
stockholders cease to be the controlling stockholders of the post-merger corporation. 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law

We are subject to the Delaware anti-takeover laws regulating corporate takeovers, including Section 203 of the DGCL. In general,
Section  203  of  the  DGCL  prohibits  a  publicly  held  Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  any  business  combinations  with  any  interested
stockholder  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  the  time  that  such  person  became  an  interested  stockholder,  unless  (1)  the  business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved by our board of directors
prior to the time the interested stockholder obtained such status; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the
time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding shares owned by directors who are also
officers  of  the  corporation  and  shares  owned  by  employee  stock  plans  in  which  employee  participants  do  not  have  the  right  to  determine
confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) at or subsequent to such time the
business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative
vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A  “business  combination”  is  defined  to  include  mergers,  asset  sales,  and  other  transactions  resulting  in  financial  benefit  to  an
“interested stockholder.” In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who owns (or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and,
within the prior three years, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Certificate of Incorporation

Our certificate of incorporation provides our board of directors with the express authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of serial
preferred  stock  and  to  determine  the  price,  rights,  preferences  and  privileges  of  such  preferred  stock  without  stockholder  approval.  In
addition,  the  certificate  of  incorporation  does  not  provide  for  cumulative  voting.  These  rights  may  deter  or  impede  a  hostile  takeover  or
change of control or management.

 
Bylaws

In  addition,  our  bylaws  include  a  number  of  provisions  that  may  deter  or  impede  hostile  takeovers  or  changes  of  control  or

management.

Vacancies in our Board of Directors

Our  bylaws  provide  that  any  vacancy  occurring  in  our  board  of  directors  may  be  filled  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the
remaining members of the board of directors. Each director so elected shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified
or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Under our bylaws, special meetings of stockholders may only be called by the President or a Vice President or the board of directors.
Our bylaws further provide that the Secretary shall call a special meeting following receipt of one or more written requests to call a special
meeting from stockholders of record who own at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares then entitled to vote on the matter
or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent without a Meeting
Under our bylaws, any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without
prior  notice  and  without  a  vote,  if  a  consent  or  consents  in  writing,  setting  forth  the  action  to  be  so  taken,  is  signed  by  the  holders  of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting
at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, is delivered to the Company. Every written consent shall bear the date of
signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered, written consents are delivered signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action.

Requirements for Notice of Stockholder Director Nominations and Stockholder Business

Under our bylaws, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of record

who complies with the applicable notice and other requirements set forth in our bylaws.

If a stockholder wishes to bring any business before an annual or special meeting or nominate a person for election to our board of
directors, our bylaws contain certain procedures that must be followed for the advance timing required for delivery of stockholder notice of
such nomination or other business and the information that such notice must contain.

These provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeovers
or changes of control of the Company and may discourage attempts by other companies to acquire us, even if such a transaction would be
beneficial to the Company’s stockholders.

 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

EXHIBIT 21

Legal Entity
Accelerate Diagnostics UK Limited
Accelerate Diagnostics S.L.
Accelerate Diagnostics GmbH
Accelerate Diagnostics SARL
Accelerate Diagnostics S.r.l
Accelerate Diagnostics Pty Ltd
Accelerate Diagnostics B.V.
Accelerate Diagnostics Holdings, LLC

Jurisdiction/Domicile
England
Spain
Germany
France
Italy
Australia
Netherlands
United States

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

EXHIBIT 23.1

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-252470) of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-262494) of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-187439) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-199992) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-213072) pertaining to the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-225585) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-233185) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc., and

(8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-239052) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.;

(9) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-265126) pertaining to the 2022 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.;

of our report dated March 31, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc., included in

this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2022.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
March 31, 2023

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Jack Phillips, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to

the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

March 31, 2023

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Steve Reichling, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to

the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

March 31, 2023

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

/s/ Steve Reichling

Steve Reichling
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32

Each  of  the  undersigned  officers  of  Accelerate  Diagnostics,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  hereby  certifies  that,  to  his  knowledge,  the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2022 to which this certification is attached (the “Report”), as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  that  the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.

March 31, 2023

March 31, 2023

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Steve Reichling

Steve Reichling
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)